Home

Mindray BS-120 Analyzer

1. delayed Operating software error Wash solution exhausted or invalid sensor Operating software error Waste full Test result error Incomplete repeated QC data of Test result error Blank response of too low Test result error Blank response of too high Test result error Calibration sensitivity of too low LIS communication error LIS host can not be connected LIS communication error Incorrect sequence Required segment lost segment LIS communication error Required field lost LIS communication error Data type error LIS communication error Field value is not found LIS communication error Wrong message type If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the deionized water tank If the water is not enough add more If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check and clear the waste tank If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error
2. If you see leaks please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 5 Service and Maintenance 4 Check whether the plunger guide cap leaks If no leakage occurs proceed to the next step If you see leaks replace the plunger assembly of syringe as instructed by 5 6 4Replacing Plunger Assembly of Syringe 5 Check whether air bubbles exist in the syringe If no proceed to the next step If yes remove the bubbles as instructed by 5 6 5Removing Air Bubbles 6 Place the cover of syringe back and tighten the screws 5 2 6 Checking Probe 1 Check whether the probe is bent or dirty 2 If not bent go directly to the next step If so replace the probe as instructed by 5 6 2Replacing Probe 3 If not dirty go directly to the next step If yes clean the probe as instructed by 5 3 1Cleaning Probe Check whether the probe tip has remaining liquid on it If not go directly to the next step If yes please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 6 During washing process check whether the flow from the interior of the probe is continuous and in the direction of the probe check the exterior of the probe to see whether the flow is normal 7 If the flow from the interior appears normal go directly to the next step Otherwise please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 8 If the flow to wash the exterior appears normal the checking operation is over O
3. contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor error remains error remains error remains error remains error remains error remains error remains Pause dispensing and check if there is a sample at the specified position If no add one If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the sample probe is blocked horizontally If yes remove the barrier If the error remains contact our customer Servi
4. Calibration Data g m Calibrator1 i D 09331 Rule Two point Linear X E Calibrator1 0 0 0 45176 Calibrator1 0 0 0 09331 Parameters 579 01636 581 28418 K 579 20506 RO A 4 196454 r Formula R aC b Reac Curve Delete Change Close 4 48 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Reac Curve Delete Rerun Change Function Click this button to pop up the Reaction Curve dialog box as shown below Test A Date 2007 11 1 11 13 43 Sample ID a Result 6 21 Patient eo Ref Range Sample Position 1 jsi i Cuvette Position 1 and aa Absorbance 14200 2 3 3 B O V2 44 W Period Refresh Reac Data Delete Rerun Print Close In the Reaction Curve dialog box click Previous or Next to display the previous or the next reaction curve click Reac Data to pop up a dialog box to display the reaction data of the curve click Print to print current reaction curve click Close to close the Reaction Curve dialog box After selecting a calibrator click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete the test results You cannot undo the deletion Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected test data click Cancel to abort the deletion Click this button to rerun the calibration test This button
5. ISE unit result error Purge A cycle error Air in calibrant A ISE unit result error Purge A cycle error No flow ISE unit result error Purge A cycle error ISE unit result error Purge A cycle error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Purge A cycle error Dallas read 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator Contact our customer Service Depart
6. Linearity Limit Exceeded Linearity Range Exceeded Substrate Depleted Prozone No Balance Point Before Testing After Testing Description When selected it means the analyzer will judge whether auto rerun is necessary based on the conditions listed below The following conditions are only available when this option is selected When selected it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if its response is beyond that of the largest concentration calibrator When selected it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if its reaction curve is beyond the linearity limit When selected it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if its result is beyond the high limit of the linearity range When selected it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if the substrate ran out during running It applies to the Kinetic or Fixed time method only When selected it means the analyzer will re request the sample automatically if the prozone was found during running When selected it means the analyzer will rerun the sample automatically if no balance point was detected during running It applies to the Endpoint method only It refers to the times of auto washing performed before testing Selecting Enhan means to wash with wash solution It refers to the times of auto washing performed after testing Selecting Enhan means to wash with a wash solution
7. Operating software error Version No checking error Operating software error corresponds to the command Response does not Operating software error Received frame does not corresponds to the command Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4 17 5 Ali
8. 6 Troubleshooting Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Turn off the analyzing unit Check the syringe for leakage and check the sample probe to see if there are drops hanging on the probe tip Then commission the fluid as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Move the reagent probe outside the reagent disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Move the reagent probe outside the reagent disk as instructed by 4 17 5 A
9. It refers to the difference between the calibration parameter k slope of the calibration curve of current and last calibrations Void means no check SD of calibration curve It applies to non linear calibrations only The default is 0 which means no check It refers to the response limit for the 0 concentration calibrators The first edit box is the low limit and the second one is the high limit Void means no check Error limit of repeated tests It is within 0 and 50000 Void means no check Correlation coefficient of calibration curve It applies to the multi point linear and non linear calibrations only It ranges from 0 to 1 0 means no check Name of the calibrator Concentration of calibrator for the selected test Select a calibrator from the list of calibrators and then select dilute calibra which means using selected calibrator for dilute calibration 4 Advanced Operations Parameter Description Details After selecting the calibrator from the list of calibrators select Dilute Calibra Click Details to pop up the following dialog Dilute Calibrator Test ALT Calibrator water __ Sample Volume for D Dilution Ratio iS eee Ss ee 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK Cancel OOOOOOO 1 Set the sample volume original control volume for dilution 3 80 and the dilution ratio 3 150 the dilution ratio the total diluted volume the sample volume for dilution Ensure the total d
10. QC Conclusion 7 2 1 Calculating Absorbance The system measures the light intensity through photoelectric conversion linear amplification and AD conversion For the light intensity signal 7 of Channel i the AD output D is D K p K Ka t Where K e photoelectric conversion factor K linear amplification factor Ka AD conversion factor D test data of Channel i I light intensity of Channel i So Pe ID A lg 1g ay Where A absorbance of Channel l D background AD output D AD output after the substrate is added In theory when the lights are off the AD output of each channel will be zero In practice because of the existence of dark current there is still a background output 7 Calculation Methods 7 5 D which should be deducted Then the complete absorbance formula ibackground should be A 1 Dio D packground i 548 D D ibackground 7 2 2 Calculating Response 7 2 2 1 7 6 For the system the response R is defined as the absorbance change before and after the reaction or the absorbance change rate during the reaction process The formula for calculating the response R is closely related to the analytical method kinetic fixed time and endpoint the number of reagents single or double and the number of wavelengths single or double They are respectively detailed in the following sections Calculating Response with Endpoint Method
11. This warranty shall not extend to Malfunction or damage caused by improper use or man made failure m Malfunction or damage caused by unstable or out of range power input Malfunction or damage caused by force majeure such as fire and earthquake m Malfunction or damage caused by improper operation or repair by unqualified or unauthorized service people Malfunction of the instrument or part whose serial number is not legible enough m Others not caused by instrument or part itself Company Contact Manufacturer Shenzhen Mindray Bio Medical Electronics Co Ltd E mail Address service mindray com Tel 86 755 26582479 26582888 Fax 86 755 26582934 26582500 EC Representative Shanghai International Holding Corp GmbH Europe Address EiffestraBe 80 Hamburg 20537 Germany Tel 0049 40 2513175 Fax 0049 40 255726 Foreword Before using the Chemistry Analyzer please read this operation manual thoroughly and understand it for best performance Please keep this manual properly for convenient use Who Should Read This Manual This manual is geared for clinical professionals to m Perform daily operating tasks m Maintain and troubleshoot the system m Learn about the hardware and software WARNING The system is to be operated only by clinical professionals doctors or laboratory experimenters trained by our company or our authorized distributors What Can You Find in This Manual This manual cove
12. 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 7 10070001CLAS 10070001CLC5 10070001CLF5 10070001CLM5 10070001CLN5 10070001CLR5 10070001CLT5 10070001CLW5 ISE unit result error Clean cycle error Air in calibrant A ISE unit result error Clean cycle error Air in cleaner ISE unit result error Clean cycle error No flow ISE unit result error Clean cycle error ISE unit result error Clea
13. 2 5 26 Place the Power to OFF Unscrew the screws on the syringe cover and remove the cover The structure of the syringe is as shown in the figure below Tee 7 a ot A Syringe Connector Retaining Screw Space Bar MJ Syringe Retaining Screw Space Bar Plunger Guid Cap Retaimjpe Screw E E re Holder a me a cn cal EI Plunger Button Lower Retaiming Screw Prepare a new plunger assembly shown in the figure below and soak the plunger tip in deionized water to eliminate bubbles Plunger Putton Plunger Rod Plunger Tip Plunger Guide Can Unscrew counter clockwise the lower retaining screw Unscrew counter clockwise the four retaining screws remove the screws and space bars and remove the syringe from the holder M WARNING There may be residual water in the syringe connector Do not drop water onto the analyzing unit Grab the Tee with one hand and the syringe connector with the other hand and unscrew counter clockwise the syringe Exercise caution so that the gasket on the syringe does not drop out and if it does store it in a clean place for later installation A NOTE You should replace the gasket with a new one after removing and installing the syringe for about 2 3 times Otherwise sealingness of the fluidic path and sampling precision may be influenced 5 Service and Maintenance 7 Unscrew counter clockwise the plunger guide cap and pin
14. 2007 10 23 17 41 Operating Soft 500000170000 0 System environment error Printer connection error O 2007 10 23 16 52 Operating Soft 500000170000 0 System environment error Printer connection error Refresh Clear Details At the Log screen when you select the View Latest field the Log List will display all logs of the current day when you select Search History the Search Error Logs dialog box will pop up where you can set the searching conditions as needed For detailed operations refer to the following text To Search Error Logs The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Search Delete Refresh Function Click this button to pop up the Search Error Logs dialog box where you can set conditions and search for qualified logs For more information about the Search Error Logs dialog box refer to the following text To Search Error Logs After selecting the check box on the left of a log s in the Log List click this button to pop up the following dialog box Ss You have chosen to delete the selected log s You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected log s click Cancel to abort the deletion Click this button to refresh the logs according to the searching conditions you have set 4 Advanced Operations 4 123 Button Function Clear Click this button to pop up the followin
15. AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 37 8 2007 10 16 15 34 31 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 38 3 2007 10 16 15 34 31 Searched QC data Refresh Reac Curve The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Tabular Data Select to display QC data on the screen Graphical Select to display QC graph on the screen Data Test Select the test you need to view Date Select the start date and end date of the QC results you need to view The first drop down box is start date and the second one is the end date Rule It includes Westgard Multi rule Cumulative Sum Check and TWIN PLOT rule Control 1 Select the first control Control 2 Select the second control 4 Advanced Operations 4 59 4 60 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Refresh Print Delete Reaction Curve Send Function After setting or changing searching conditions the system will not refresh the searching results automatically You need to click this button to refresh and display the latest results Click this button to pop up the following dialog box It will take a long time to search the QC data and the screen probably can t be refreshed during this period Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to display the latest searching results click Cancel to abort refreshing Click this button to print the tabular data or graphical data currently displayed Only t
16. Be sure to install remove the cuvettes only after the reaction disk stop completely or injury may occur 2 BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Be sure to dispose of the used cuvettes in compliance with the local regulations Figure 2 4 Reaction Disk Button Small Window 2 Installation To install cuvettes push forward the button on the small window to open the reaction disk then align the holes on the cuvette segment to the pins on reaction disk and set the segment on the disk After installing close the small window To remove cuvettes push forward the handle on the small window and open the door and then take out the current cuvette segment A N CAUTION The reaction cuvettes are for single use only If they are reused the system performance may be degraded When installing new reaction cuvettes do not touch the light entrance of the cuvettes otherwise accurate measurements may not be achieved or the cuvettes will be considered unqualified Ensure the small window on the reaction disk is always closed during measurement otherwise reliable test results may not be achieved When installing new reaction cuvettes make sure to place them steadily on the reaction disk 2 10 Installing Removing ISE Components Optional A N CAUTION Use the consumables recommended by our company Other consumables may degrade the system performance A N NOTE The ISE unit optional should
17. Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Cl Na electrodes voltage noise Cal A in calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error K electrode voltage noise Cal Ain calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error K Na electrodes voltage noise Cal A in calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Na electrode voltage noise Cal A in calib mode Cal B in urine mode N ee N amp N PDO Na NYO PO NM Na PHB NYO Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service D
18. Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100690210045 100690210055 100690210065 100690220005 100690220015 100690220025 100690220035 100690220045 100690220055 100690220065 100690220075 100690220085 Reagent unit result error Reagent probe horizontal movement error Collision Reagent unit result error Reagent probe horizontal movement error Step missing Reagent unit result error Reagent probe horizontal movement error Disabled Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Cannot reach the home position Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Cannot move away from the home position Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Trying to move away from the initial limit position Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Trying to move away from the reagent disk limit position Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Trying to move away from the washing limit positio
19. Figure 1 3 Sample Reagent Disk Sample reagent Disk Samples and reagents share one disk which provides 8 positions for samples and 28 positions for reagents Moreover No 35 is used to accommodate wash solution and No 36 to accommodate distilled water If the system is equipped with an ISE module No 33 is used to hold ISE cleaning solution and No 34 to hold urine diluent A N NOTE We recommend you to use the following wash slolution Acid 0 1mol I hydrochloric acid Alkaline javel water with 0 5 active chlorine You should dilute the sodium hypochlorite solution at appropriate ratio according to the available chlorine contained in it The sample disk can hold the following sample tubes m Microtube 10x37mm 12x37mm m Blood collecting tube 12x68 5mm 12x99mm 12 7x75mm 12 7x100mm 13x75mm 13x100mm m Plastic tube 12x68 5mm 12x99mm 12 7x75mm 12 7x100mm 13x75mm 13x100mm The reagent disk can only hold our bottles which are available in two types 40ml and 20ml The sample reagent disk is located in a compartment which has a refrigerator function to keep the temperature at 4 15 C 1 System Description 1 3 AN CAUTION Make sure the disk cover is closed otherwise it may degrade the refrigeration and damage the probe Before running the analyzing unit make sure that the disk cover is closed properly Otherwise the probe may be damaged Do not use sample tubes
20. ISE unit result error Bubble calibration Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Bubble calibration Dallas read ISE unit result error Bubble calibration Invalid command ISE unit result error Bubble calibration Dallas write cycle cycle cycle cycle cycle cycle cycle error error error error error error error ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error Air in calibrant A Corrective Measure 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A Contact our Customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distribu
21. Main unit result error Undefined process Main unit result error Wrong process parameter Main unit result error Restoring EZPROM Main unit result error Updating E2PROM Main unit parameter result error Please re download Main unit result error Parameter write protection Main unit result error No result or timeout Reaction unit result error Command error Reaction unit result error Self check error Reaction unit result error Mechanical resetting error Reaction unit result error Invalid status Self check Reaction unit result error Invalid status Error Reaction unit result error Invalid status Waiting for handshake Reaction unit result error Invalid status Shutdown Reaction unit result error Photoelectric error Filter wheel cannot find its home position Reaction unit result error Photoelectric error Timeout Reaction unit result error Unit busy No response Reaction unit result error Undefined speed Reaction unit result error Wrong speed parameter Reaction unit result error Configure undefined parameter Reaction unit result error Wrong configuration parameter Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Co
22. Reaction Curve dialog box which is used to display the reaction curve of the selected QC result For more information about the QC Reaction Curve dialog box refer to the following text QC Reaction Curve Click this button to send the selected QC result to LIS host This button is available only when the analyzer is connected to LIS 4 Advanced Operations 4 57 QC Reaction Curve At the Daily QC screen after selecting a QC result click Reac Curve to pop up the QC Reaction Curve dialog box as shown in Figure 4 44 where you can view the reaction curve of the selected QC result Figure 4 44 QC Reaction Curve Dialog Box Test a Control Controll v Conc 35 0 SD 2 000 Control Pos 1 7 S7 vj Cuv No 1 Date 2007 9 19 11 Result 345 5 Absorbance 17500 16500 id i 15500 14500 13500 12500 11500 10500 9500 2500 7500 e500 5500 4500 3500 2500 1500 500 500 1500 J 2500 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 Period Refresh Print Reac Data Close The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Refresh Click this button to refresh the current reaction curve Rerun Click this button to re request the current QC run It is only available for the QC runs of current day since powering on which have been finished or have no results Print Click this button to
23. Replace reference electrode and recalibrate 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace reference electrode and recalibrate 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace the electrode and test 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace reference electrode and recalibrate 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace the electrode and test 6 Troubleshooting 100700030085 1007000300C5 1007000300E5 1007000300A5 100700030045 100700030065 100700030025 100700040085 1007000400C5 1007000400E5 ISE unit result error Cl electrode voltage overflow Cal A in calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Cl K electrodes voltage overflow Cal A in calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Cl K Na electrodes voltage overflow Cal Ain calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Cl Na electrodes voltage overflow Cal Ain calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error K electrode voltage o
24. as shown in Figure 4 40 is where you can view ISE calibration results 4 52 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 40 ISE Screen Calibration Request Results Calibrator ISE Calibration Results View Latest C Search History RequestDate KN a 2006 12 19 19 16 36 62 419998 57 959999 48 360001 2006 12 19 19 16 36 62 689999 58 110001 48 470001 2006 12 19 10 26 28 63 310001 57 919998 48 090000 2006 12 19 10 26 28 63 630001 57 070000 47 630001 2006 12 19 10 24 20 64 239998 56 639999 47 439999 2006 12 19 10 24 20 64 610001 55 790001 47 049999 2006 12 19 10 22 25 65 919998 54 389999 46 580002 2006 12 19 10 22 25 66 690002 53 950001 46 669998 2006 12 15 10 43 04 63 910000 57 410000 47 759998 2006 12 15 10 43 04 63 779999 57 950001 47 660000 Refresh Print Delete The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description View Latest By selecting View Latest you can view all ISE calibration results of current day Search History By selecting Search History you can search historical calibration results of ISE analytes before the current day The following table introduces the button on the screen Button Function Refresh When more ISE calibrations are run you can click this button to refresh and display the latest calibration results Search Click this button to pop up the Search Calibration Results dialog box where you can set conditions and search the qualified results For more information ab
25. such as printing test results inquiring measurement records etc Actions taken by the system The operating software refuses to start up or is terminated and then exits and returns to the Windows operating system Severity Invalidating module Reserved Level 12 Description Errors to ISE tests invalidate Actions taken by the system The ISE tests that are affected by bubbled sample or go out of measurement range due to abnormal insufficiently aspirated sample are invalidated and then run again If the error occurs for continuously 3 times due to the same cause the system will skip all ISE tests related to the sample during the current batch of tests 6 Troubleshooting 6 3 Severity Forbidding module Reserved Level 13 14 Description Errors to forbid sample bar code scanning Errors to forbid ISE Actions taken by the system When the sample bar code reader goes wrong and cannot scan sample bar code label normally the system will not try again during the measurement The sample positions should be set up manually Only when reconnected and proved to be normal the sample bar code reader can start working When errors like calibration slope out of range occur due to failed ISE component ISE tests will be forbidden If such errors occur during measurement the system will invalidate the failed ISE tests and skip all other ISE tests in current batch If such errors occur in id
26. 1 38 Li 9 20 mmol l 2007 10 18 11 16 45 0 9020 0 9580 1 28 1 38 Li 9 20 mmol l 2007 10 18 11 16 45 0 9020 0 9580 1 28 1 38 Cl 980 9 mmoljl 2007 10 18 11 16 45 94 040 98 360 1 28 1 38 Cl 983 0 mmoljl 2007 10 18 11 16 45 94 040 98 360 1 25 1 38 Na 1415 7 mmol l 2007 10 18 11 16 45 139 760 143 440 1 28 1 38 Na 1417 7 mmol l 2007 10 18 11 16 45 139 760 143 440 1 28 1 38 K 39 29 mmol l 2007 10 18 11 16 45 3 7600 4 1600 1 28 1 38 K 39 19 mmol l 2007 10 18 11 16 45 3 7600 4 1600 1 28 1 38 Ei Print Delete Reac Curve The following table introduces the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Test Result Select to display the test results related to the target QC control Test Statistics Select to display the statistics of the test results related to the target QC control Date Select the start date and end date of the QC results you need to view The first drop down box is start date and the second one is the end date Control Select the target QC control The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Refresh Print Delete Reaction Curve Function After setting or changing searching conditions the system will not refresh the searching results automatically You need to click this button to refresh and display the latest results After select searching conditions click this button to pop up the following dialog box It will take a long time to search the QC data and the screen probably can t be refreshed
27. 100680220085 Sample unit result error Sample probe horizontal movement error Collision Sample unit result error Sample probe horizontal movement error Step missing Sample unit result error Sample probe horizontal movement error Disabled Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Cannot reach the home position Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Cannot move away from the home position Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Trying to move away from the initial limit position Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Trying to move away from the sample disk limit position Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Trying to move away from the washing limit position Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Trying to move away from the reaction disk limit position Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error No liquid surface detected Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Collision Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Step missing Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the sample probe is blocked horizontally If yes remove the barrier If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains
28. 3 9 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 Concentration Range Refresh Print Previous In the Calibration Curve dialog box select a test in the Test drop down list box to view its calibration curve The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Range Click this button to pop up the following dialog box where you can set the X Y coordinate ranges of the current calibration curve x Range m fi 06 Y Range fas 270 OK Cancel Refresh Click this button to refresh the current calibration curve Print Click this button to print the current calibration curve Previous Click this button to display the calibration curve of the previous result Next Click this button to display the calibration curve of the next result Close Click this button to close the Calibration Curve dialog box 4 Advanced Operations Calibration Reaction Curve At the Results screen click Reac Curve to pop up the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box as shown in Figure 4 36 which is used to display a calibration reaction curve Figure 4 36 Calibration Reaction Curve Dialog Box Calibration Reaction Curve Test AST Rule 7 Date Time 2007 10 10 12 11 1 Calibrator RANDOX3 v Position Conc 138 0 N Absorbance 13900 13150 12400 11650 10900 10150 9400 8650 7900 7150 6400 5650 4900 4150 3400 2650 1900 1150 400 350 1100 0 N 4 6 8 10 1
29. 4 1 4 Requesting Samples or Modifying Information 0 eeeeeeeseeeeenes 4 9 4 1 5 Download Sample Information 0 ccccccccceceeceeeeeeeseeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeesaees 4 9 42 gt QC Requeste ie geek e a e eiad ed bee te pede eel tec Ta e dace 4 10 eTe E E a A ave ee a el ee tel N 4 13 4 4 Probe Stopsizcie aioe eed ees Geen tee ee ee 4 14 AiS SIOP Hist ah wh ae ed ee ee A A EEA 4 15 4 6 ResultSvinit sch fete eee ede ed ve ed aida 4 16 4 6 1 Current Resis erena gh ieh tlie ad ohana hd 4 16 4 6 2 Historical RESUItS eaae EE ETE E de antag as 4 18 A Replacess enaren aeaaaee et een ie ed ed ed eee Ma ee 4 34 AB Ralea a ee A 4 36 4 9 EXitineneiaate dna nen eat etd eat tye ee ed a 4 37 4 10 Reagents N einai ae haa i E A S 4 38 4 11 Calibration 2iie deine AeA apie iene dea ene 4 39 4 11 1 Calibration Request ccececceccecee cece eeeeeceeeeeeeeeseseeaeeeeeeeeeeeenennaees 4 39 A112 RESUS acinar ei a ria eee 4 42 AIS CIA aR E ele cate eel hes 4 50 AAWA ISB E E E 4 52 4 12 E EEEE E E E E A EE E E A E 4 54 4 12 21 E E E RE C E E E E te A ea 4 54 A12 Daily QU enro ee ed ee 4 55 4 12 3 Day to Day QC ainai ao e a A ce 4 58 ATAA Control oiiaii wha aca ices nl aga el ead 4 61 4 12 5 OG SUMMAalyin Ate adie EE ein ve aie 4 63 4 13 SIUS ais Aisa eaten ae i ee a 4 66 4 13 4 Sample Diskiv in e eid beeen een ae ee 4 66 Ata Reagent Disk oee ae ek a ies Wie Aa ee ee ea 4 68 Contents 4 13 3 R
30. 4 59 4 60 4 61 4 81 4 90 4 91 4 92 4 101 4 103 6 49 6 50 7 13 7 14 QC reaction curve 4 57 4 58 4 60 4 61 OC Tule cca 4 81 4 91 4 92 QualitatiVe ec cescceeeseeeees 4 97 Quantitative ceeeesseceees 4 97 R reaction CUIVE cceeeeecceeeseeeee 6 48 Reaction curve 4 20 4 28 4 29 4 31 4 43 4 49 4 57 4 60 4 61 4 73 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 Reaction cuvette 1 4 1 5 1 6 2 9 A 1 reaction disk 6 24 6 30 6 31 6 32 6 34 6 35 6 36 6 46 Reaction disk 1 1 1 5 1 6 2 8 4 72 4 130 4 131 4 132 4 134 6 22 6 28 B 2 Reaction liquid 1 5 1 6 6 3 7 1 Reaction temperature A 1 Reaction volume cecee A 1 reagent blank cece 6 48 Reagent blank3 6 4 44 4 46 4 47 4 48 6 48 Reagent compartment 2 6 5 10 5 19 reagent disk 6 33 6 34 6 35 Reagent disk 3 1 2 1 3 2 5 2 6 4 13 4 68 4 69 4 71 4 131 4 132 4 134 6 36 Reagent inventory s es 3 6 Reagent probe eee 3 4 131 Real time 3 7 4 54 4 55 Real time QC 3 7 4 54 4 55 Reference range 4 33 C 3 Refrigerator 1 3 1 4 3 9 Relative humidity 00 0 0 2 3 Replicate e 4 28 TO TUD ceeseseceeeees 6 47 6 48 6 49 Re run ee 6 48 6 49 6 52 response 6 22 6 23 6 25 6 26 6 29 6 32 6 39 6 40 6 41 6 42 Response 4 28 4 84 4 88 4 102 4 109 7 6 7 7 7 8
31. 4 Advanced Operations AN NOTE If Auto QC on the System screen is selected and QC Interval on the Test screen is not 0 the analyzer will automatically rerun QC tests among sample tests For the Dilution Ratio and Sample Volume fields besides the conditions mentioned above you must also guarantee the diluted sample is no less than 180ul and no more than 450ul Please set a suitable value for Reagent Alarm Limit so that the analyzer can alert you about insufficient reagents in time Enhanced wash means washing the probe and mixing bar using wash solution The following table introduces the buttons on the Basic screen Button Function Restore Click this button to set all parameters on the screen to default values OK After clicking Restore or setting parameters click this button to save the settings Cancel After clicking Restore or setting parameters click this button to ignore the settings 4 16 1 2 ISE The ISE screen as shown in Figure 4 71 is where you can set auto calibration wash mode and pump calibration mode Figure 4 71 ISE Screen System Hospital User Print Basic ISE LIS Dictionary M Wash When Started Up M Wash When Shut Down M Wash After 50 Sample Runs I Auto Calibrate for Calibrate Pumps When Started Up Calibrate Pumps When Shut Down Restore OK Cancel 4 Advanced Operations 4 103 Parameter Wash Started Up Wash Shut Down When When Wash After 50
32. 4 Advanced Operations 4 109 Figure 4 74 Dictionary Screen System Hospital Basic ISE Characteristic Qualitative Type Description User Print LIS Dictionary Restore The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Restore Add Delete OK Cancel 4 110 Function After selecting a data group from Data Group click this button to clear all the new data pieces and adopt the default ones for the selected data group After selecting a data group from Data Group click this button to add a new data piece to the selected group Click this button to delete a used defined data piece of selected Data Group The following dialog box pops up You have chosen to delete a data piece It won t appear in related combo box after the deletion You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected data piece click Cancel to abort the deletion After clicking the Restore button or modifying a data piece of a data group click this button to save the settings After clicking the Restore button or modify a data piece of a data group click this button to ignore the settings 4 Advanced Operations A N NOTE The data pieces given by the analyzer those in the data group Description not included cannot be modified or deleted You can modify the data pieces given by the analyzer in the data
33. 46 4 48 4 50 4 81 4 84 4 87 4 89 4 101 6 49 6 52 7 8 7 9 7 10 7 11 Calibration curve 4 43 4 44 4 45 4 88 6 49 7 9 7 10 Calibration data 4 44 4 48 4 50 Appendix C Index Appendix C Index Calibration parameter 4 24 4 43 4 44 4 48 4 49 4 50 4 84 4 88 6 49 7 8 7 9 7 11 7 12 Calibration parameters 4 50 7 8 7 9 Calibration reaction curve 4 43 4 46 Calibration rule eee 4 87 calibrator 4 53 6 48 6 49 Calibrator 4 41 4 46 4 50 4 51 4 52 4 102 CarryOVer ceeeeeeeeeeees 4 98 4 99 Centrifugal tube eee 1 3 Characteristic cc eeeeeeeeeeeneees 10 Charges sesunu 4 79 4 80 Chemistry analyzer I 1 4 7 1 1 1 8 Concentration level 0 4 55 Continuous monitoring method 7 3 Control niia 6 49 Control4 11 4 56 4 59 4 61 4 62 4 63 control software c ccee 6 42 Control software 6 42 6 43 6 44 6 45 6 46 6 47 6 50 6 52 Cotton swab 5 2 5 15 5 16 Cross headed screwdrivet 5 2 Cumulative sum check 4 56 4 59 7 14 C vette cc panin cairns 6 46 D Daily 3 7 4 55 4 56 4 58 4 118 4 119 4 128 5 3 5 33 Daily QC 3 7 4 55 4 56 4 58 Day to day 3 7 4 58 4 59 4 61 deionized water 2 4 5 3 6 50 Deionized water2 4 3 3 3 4 4 119 4 132 5 3 5 4 5 10 5 12 5 13 5 22 5 26 5 27 deionized water ta
34. 6 1 Classification of Error Messages eeesseseeseerreserrsserrsstttrrssttrrsstnnssttrrsstennnt 6 1 6 2 Corrective Measures eeren aria erini aas Manneddeseaueeeiadeelnaataed es 6 5 7 Caculation Method SA r r aea aerar aaea aa cede aeaa ao eeo arae pae eenen iaie 7 1 LA REACTION Types hraa i a cts oth eck un ite E RE E tae 7 1 HVA VEMOPOINU 8 foie Ma eae eee oe ae oe ie T 7 1 REL FeaT iaraa cid abeedudahachede dict coud badertanat dota ater ieidedetawati ea 7 2 TNS Kinetiese n R A tidy fas T laminin E 7 3 T2 Galculation Process cc ce ssdecsehdtedtedecen tend riana st bedua eden shad eect eueesettenecedhenenedenens 7 4 7 2 1 Calculating ADSOrDANCE o oo eee aE AEEA 7 5 7 2 2 Calculating RESPONSE eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeaeeeseeeaeeeeeeaaeees 7 6 7 2 3 Calculating Calibration Parameters 0 cc cceeeeeceeereeeeeeeneeeeeeeenaeeeeeenaees 7 8 7 2 4 Calculating Concentration cc eceeceeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeieeeeeetaeeeenenaes 7 11 T29 AC RUNG ase ay tee heres acieA is Orc tee Aides ect aad all ees 7 13 3 Westigard Multizrule merr settee adie dilate titi nde seinen EEEE ER 7 13 7 4 Calculation Method of ISE Unit optional cc eeeeeeeenneeeeetteeeeeeteeeeeeaaes 7 14 Appendix A System Specifications scccseeceesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseseeenseeeseeeeseseeeenseeeeenees A 1 Appendix B Supplies sce2nnccic ccccecscecceciccceste ceseecezecd dened easuderscedecdeadesteeeesec
35. 7 9 7 10 7 12 S Safety symbols sssseeeseeeesseeees se 1 Sample blank eee eee 6 48 sample disk 6 29 6 30 6 31 6 37 Sample disk 3 4 2 4 8 4 13 4 66 4 67 4 131 4 132 4 134 6 29 6 30 6 32 Sample ID 4 5 4 21 4 23 4 33 Sample probe e 3 4 130 Sample type eee 4 22 4 86 Sample volume 4 3 4 83 4 101 4 103 Sampl g sensies 4 101 Scroll bar eects 1 11 second reagent 4 83 7 2 Secondary wavelength 7 7 7 8 Seder aiina 4 5 4 77 Sehit Vit y oie cone aiei 4 88 SEMIN oropesa horira 7 2 Seru en eeo S 4 3 4 5 Shortcut buttons area 1 8 Single reagent 7 1 7 3 7 4 7 6 BEE tient een e AAS 1 12 Slop kisanta s 4 88 6 4 Small buttons area 1 8 Appendix C Index Stat sample e cece 3 7 A 1 Statistics 1 8 4 73 4 74 4 77 4 79 Substrate 4 84 4 102 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 Substrate depleted 4 102 syringe 6 29 6 30 6 33 6 34 6 37 6 38 6 39 Syringe eee 6 30 6 34 6 38 System status area 1 8 T temperature 6 25 6 26 6 36 6 37 6 47 TENO cic eases 4 95 4 97 Test Order oo eee eaii 4 101 BEET E es ete EE ios ke 4 5 4 77 Throughput A 1 Tpiecenneneinspiciioreiiii 5 6 tube Beige heh wh ee 5 3 Tungsten halogen lamp A 1 T rtbidity esnias 7 8 Tweezetsiienona niunie 5 2 U upper limit 6 48 WHINE esi otecn eena 4 3
36. AN CAUTION The electromagnetic environment should be evaluated prior to operation of the device Please install and operate the system in an environment specified by this manual Installing and operating the system in other environment may lead to unreliable results and even equipment damage To relocate the system please contact our customer service department or your local distributor Foreword 7 Preventing Interference by Electromagnetic Noise A CAUTION Electromagnetic noise may interfere with operations of the system Do not install devices generating excessive electromagnetic noise around the system Do not use such devices as mobile phones or radio transmitters in the room housing the system Do not use other CRT displays around the system Do not use other medical instruments around the system that may generate electromagnetic noise to interfere with their operations Do not use this device in close proximity to sources of strong electromagnetic radiation e g mobile phones or radio transmitters as these may interfere with the proper operation The electromagnetic environment should be evaluated prior to operation of the device Operating the System A CAUTION Operate the system strictly as instructed by this manual Inappropriate use of the system may lead to unreliable test results or even equipment damage or personal injury Before using the system for the first time run the calibration program and
37. Bar Code screen will not be available if the sample or reagent bar code reader is not configured 4 Advanced Operations 4 105 The following table explains parameters of sample bar code on the Bar Code screen Parameter Description Start Start position of related item in the entire sample bar code Length Total length of related item in the entire sample bar code All Entire sample bar code It should be within 3 27 STAT STAT sample or not It should be 0 or 1 digit Routine is represented by 0 and STAT by 1 Test Date Date when sample is analyzed It should be O or 6 digits e g 071012 It means October 12 2007 Sample ID Sequence number of sample It should be 0 3 or 4 digits Sample ID will not be included when sample information is downloaded from the LIS host Sample Type Type of sample It should be 0 or 1 digit e g Serum 0 plasma 1 urine 2 other 3 Profile No No of profile It should be 0 2 4 digits e g If profile No of liver function is 2 then 002 stands for liver function Sample Barcode When selected it means the sample bar code reader is enabled If a sample bar code reader is installed on the analyzer this option is selected by default Extract Information When selected the system will analyze sample information based on the scanned bar code For instance if sample ID and test date are set for sample bar code the analyzer will analyze the bar code and fill the obtained sam
38. CAUTION We have specified the following wash solutions Acid wash solution 0 1mol I hydrochloric acid Alkaline javel water with 0 5 active chlorine You should dilute the sodium hypochlorite solution at appropriate ratio according to the available chlorine contained in it We recommend the acid and alkaline wash solutions be used alternately For instance if the acid wash solution is used at current startup the alkaline one should be used at next startup m Water free ethanol 5 2 5 Service and Maintenance E Disinfectant 5 2 Daily Maintenance 5 2 1 Checking Remaining Deionized Water N CAUTION The water must meet requirements of the CAP Type II water When placing the deionized water tank ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed Ensure the deionized water pickup tube is not blocked bent or twisted 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Check how much deionized water is left in the tank If not much proceed to the next step A CAUTION After removing the cap of the deionized water tank together with the pickup tube sensor and the filter place it on a clean table Unscrew counter clockwise the tank cap assemby and remove the cap together with the pickup tube sensor and the filter Do not detach the cap assembly otherwise leakage might happen Add deionized water to the tank Screw clockwise the cap assemby together with the pickup tube senso
39. Check the syringe for leakage and check the sample probe to see if there are drops hanging on the probe tip Then commission the fluid as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Move the sample probe outside the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 29 100680180045 100680190005 100680200005 100680200015 100680200025 100680200035 100680200045 100680200055 100680200065 100680200075 100680210005 100680210015 100680210025 100680210035 6 30 Sample unit result error Sample disk rotation error Disabled Sample unit result error Disk and probe selection error Sample unit result aspiration failed error Syringe error Full Sample unit result error dispensing failed Syringe error Full Sample unit result error Syringe error Cannot reach the home position Sample unit result
40. Figure 4 59 is used to display the charges information Figure 4 59 Charges Screen Worklist Results Workload Charges Price iew Statistics By Patient M Include Test Replicates CREA 0 00 0 00 paani TBIL 0 00 0 00 I Dept z GLU 0 00 0 00 GGT 0 00 0 00 Sees UREA 0 00 0 00 TP 0 00 0 00 elt AST 0 00 0 00 TC 0 00 0 00 P 0 00 0 00 ALB 0 00 0 00 IGA 0 00 0 00 ALP 0 00 0 00 CAII 0 00 0 00 DBIL 0 00 0 00 CK 0 00 0 00 AMY 0 00 0 00 LDHL 0 00 0 00 TG 0 00 0 00 UA 0 00 0 00 Refresh Search Select By Patient to display charges information in the Statistics list by patient Select By Hospital to display charges information in the Statistics list by test Mark the Dept check box to display charges information of the selected department in the Statistics list by test By selecting Include Test Replicates check box you can add each replicate of a test to the charge statistics otherwise only one charge for the test that is run for multiple times will be displayed 4 Advanced Operations 4 79 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Refresh The system will not refresh the statistical results automatically You need to click this button to refresh Click this button to pop up the following dialog box It will take a long time to search the statistic data and the screen probably can t be refreshed during this perio
41. No No of the control Exp Date The control is effective before this date Lot No Lot No of the control Level Concentration level of the control It includes High Medium and Low Position Position of the control on the sample disk The first drop down list box is the No of virtual sample disk and the second one is the position on the sample disk Mean Conc Enter the mean concentration of the selected control for the selected test SD Enter the SD of the selected control for the selected test A N NOTE Ensure the right expiration date is set so that the analyzer can correctly judge whether the control has expired 4 62 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Add Delete OK Cancel Function Click this button to add a new control to the Controls list After selecting a control in the Controls list click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a control s You cannot undo the deletion once it is done Do you wan to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected control click Cancel to abort the deletion Click this button to save modification to relevant control information Refer to the following text To Modify Control Information for detailed operations Click this button to cancel modification to relevant control information Refer to the following text To Modify Control Information for detail
42. Type STAT Name _ Ge Request Date A S Se N 6 19 2007 5 2 1 2 53 Se N 6 19 2007 5 GLU Pen N_N 2 S2 Se N 6 19 2007 4 VU Pen N_N Search Add Details Reac Curve Delete Rerun Print Operations of the Current screen are similar to that in 4 6 2 Historical Results except that you can only view and process the sample results of current day since powering on and can rerun tests For other operations refer to 4 6 2 Historical Results 4 Advanced Operations Rerun At the Current screen after selecting a test and a sample click Rerun to pop up the Rerun dialog box as shown in Figure 4 13 where you can rerun corresponding sample tests of current day since powering on Figure 4 13 Rerun Dialog Box C Selected Sample Selected Run C Selected Test C All Runs Cancel The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Selected Sample Selected Run Selected Test All Runs Description Rerun all sample tests of the selected sample that have been finished or have no results Rerun the selected test for the selected sample only It s only available for the test that has been finished or has no result Rerun the selected test for all samples that have been finished or have no results Rerun all the sample tests that have been finished or have no results 4 Advanced Operations 4 17 The following table introduces the bu
43. Wrong commissioning parameter Reaction unit result error Not commissioning Reaction unit result Parameter protection error modify Reaction unit result error Main unit sending error Reaction unit result error Main unit does not receive the reaction unit result Temperature unit result error Command error Temperature unit result error Self check error Temperature unit result error Mechanical resetting error Temperature unit result Status Self check Temperature unit result error Status error Error error error Temperature unit result error Status error Waiting for handshake Temperature unit result error Status error Shutdown Temperature unit result error Unit busy No response Temperature unit result error Undefined search Temperature unit result error Wrong searching parameter Temperature unit result Undefined temperature parameter error Temperature unit result error Wrong temperature parameter Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Reset the me
44. and the system is in standby status select Exit from the main screen to exit the operating software Refer to 4 9Exit for details 3 5 2 Powering Off After exiting the Windows operating system following this procedure to turn off the powers 1 Turn off the printer 2 Turn off the monitor of the computer 3 Place the Power to the OFF position 3 8 3 Basic Operations A N NOTE The refrigerator still functions after the Power is placed to OFF To shut down the refrigerator place the Main Power to OFF 3 5 3 Operations after Powering Off A BIOHAZARD SK Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles 1 Cover every reagent bottle on the sample reagent disk A N NOTE If the Main Power is placed to OFF take the reagents from the reagent disk and put them into an external refrigerator Remove the calibrators controls and samples from the sample reagent disk Empty the waste tank Refer to 5 2 2Emptying Waste Tank for details Check the surface of the analyzing unit for stains and wipe them off with clean soft cloth if any 3 Basic Operations 3 9 3 Basic Operations 4 Advanced Operations 4 1 Sample Request Click the Sample Request button to enter the Sample Request screen as shown in Figure 4 1 where you can check the requested samples and request new ones After requisition is finished place the samples in assigned positions on the sample disk Minimum sample volume dead volume of the sample plu
45. be on power all the time 2 10 1 Installing Removing Reagent Pack A N WARNING Be sure to dispose of the used Reagent Pack in compliance with the local regulations Before performing the installation or removing make sure the analyzer is powered off AD BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles To install Reagent Pack remove the red caps from Reagent Pack first and push the wand just above the top of Reagent Pack Make sure that the three pipe adapters at the bottom of the wand are opposite to those on the top of Reagent Package then push down the wand to Reagent Package The wand will only fit one way 2 Installation 2 9 2 10 Figure 2 5 Remove ISE unit door of analyzer Figure 2 6 Install Reagent Pack Step 1 Wand Reagent Pack In the end put the Reagent Pack into the shelf 2 Installation Figure 2 8 Install Reagent Pack Step 3 To remove Reagent Pack disconnect the wand from the top of the Reagent Pack by pushing down the yellow button in the wand which makes the wand and Reagent Pack disconnected Set the wand on the table surface which should not leak Carefully remove the used Reagent Pack from the Chemistry Analyzer and dispose of it properly Figure 2 9 Remove Reagent Pack Push down this button To make the Reagent Pack ready to use please refer to the steps described in 5 6 7 1Replacing Reagent Pack 2 10 2 Installing Removing Electrodes A N NOTE The
46. box Parameter Latest All A Sample The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button OK Cancel Description By selecting Latest you can download latest sample information of current day from LIS By selecting All you can download all sample information of current day from LIS When selecting A Sample you should enter the bar code of the sample that you want to download Then the sample information will be downloaded to the analyzer Function Click this button to start downloading Click this button o cancel downloading 4 2 QC Request Click the QC Request button to enter the QC Request screen as shown in Figure 4 6 where you can request QC runs for desired tests Figure 4 6 QC Request Screen QC Request Tests Profiles alb K cl Li Replicates 1 Controls Name Position Inventory Estimated Select profiles you want to request or deselect profiles that have been requested 4 10 4 Advanced Operations A N NOTE In the Tests field different background colors of the test refer to different meanings Blue means the test is selected White means the test is selectable Gray means the test is unselectable and if the pointer of the mouse is stopped on it for a while the system will remind you of the reason why it is unselectable Request QC for profiles by using
47. click Default to display the following dialog box 4 30 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 22 Set Defaults Dialog Box Set Defaults __ Test Sam Re Status Conc Ref Range 1 2 Finished 28 77 2 2 Finished 29 09 The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Reac Curve After selecting a test result click this button to pop up the Reaction Curve dialog box Reaction Curve ANR 16900 ee E 16000 i bi 15100 m 14200 13300 12400 11500 10600 9700 8800 7900 7000 6100 5200 4300 3400 2500 1600 700 200 1100 4 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 Period OK Click this button to set the selected result as default result of selected test Close Click this button to close the dialog box 4 6 2 8 Print Results At the History screen after selecting a test click Print to pop up the Print dialog box as shown in Figure 4 23 where you can print relevant results 4 Advanced Operations 4 31 Figure 4 23 Print Dialog Box Print Results of Selected Sample C Currently Selected Result C Results of Selected Test C All Results l Skip Printed Cancel The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Results of Print all searched results of the selected sample Selected Sample Currently Print the te
48. curve of the previous test for the current sample Next Click this button to display the reaction curve of the next test for the current sample Close Click this button to close the Reaction Curve dialog box 4 6 2 6 Delete Results At the History screen after selecting a sample and a test click Delete to pop up the Delete dialog box as shown in Figure 4 21 where you can delete relevant test results 4 Advanced Operations 4 29 Figure 4 21 Delete Dialog Box C Results of Selected Sample Currently Selected Result C Results of Selected Test C All Results Cancel The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Results of Delete all searched results of the selected sample Selected Sample Currently Delete the test result currently selected Selected Result Results of Delete all searched results of the selected test Selected Test All Results Delete all results currently searched The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete the test results You cannot undo the deletion Do you want to continue Click OK to delete the specified result s click Cancel to abort the deletion Cancel Click this button to cancel the deletion 4 6 2 7 Default At the History screen select a sample that has replicate or rerun results
49. customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the test parameters and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 49 400001110001 400001120001 400001130001 400001140006 400001150006 400001230001 400001350000 400001360000 400001370000 400001410005 400001420005 400001430005 400001440005 400001450005 400001460005 6 50 Test result error dispensing delayed Test result error R2 of delayed Test result error Photoelectric collection of
50. does not exist on LIS LIS communication error LIS host is busy Cannot respond LIS communication error LIS response is timed out LIS communication error Wrong assay No s d Operating software error Reagent module reading failed Operating software error expired Reagent module is LIS Communication Error Sending buffer is full LIS communication error Application record locked LIS communication error Application error If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our customer Service Department or your customer Service Department or your customer Service Department or your customer Service Department or your customer Service Department or your customer Service Department or your customer Service Department or your customer Service Department or your customer Service Department
51. during this period Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to display the latest searching results click Cancel to abort refreshing Click this button print the QC test results and test statistics currently displayed Select a QC test result data then click this button to pop up the following dialog You have chosento delete the test results You cannot undo the deletion Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected QC test result Click Cancel to abort the deletion After selecting one of the searched QC test results click this button to pop up the QC Reaction Curve dialog which displays the reaction curve of the selected QC test result For more information about the QC Reaction Curve dialog refer to the QC Reaction Curve in section 4 12 2 Daily QC 4 Advanced Operations 4 65 4 13Status Click Status to enter the screen which is used to display the current status of the sample disk reagent disk and reaction disk The following sections introduce the Status screen by tab 4 13 1 Sample Disk The Sample Disk screen as shown in Figure 4 49 is used to display the current status of the sample disk Figure 4 49 Sample Disk Screen Sample Disk Reagent Disk Reaction Disk CO Sample O Contral OQ Calibrator O Exhausted Disk No 1 sample disk Position S1 Type Sample r Sample Information No R Patient Name Sample Type Serum STA
52. electrode storage for K is different from the other electrodes For there is some certain kind of solution in the lumen of the electrode a tape covering both ends of the lumen can be seen So whenever unpacking these electrodes remove the tape first If some of the solution leaks outside of the electrode it should be wiped before installation Each electrode including the reference electrode has an O ring on one side of its lumen so ensure the side with the O ring towards up when installing the electrodes If the O ring is missing replace with a new one Extra two O rings are supplied in the electrode boxes 2 Installation 2 11 Connection Pins O Ring Ms SL For the reference electrode if necessary soak the electrode in warm water until the lumen of the electrode has been cleared of salt build up Before performing the installation or removing make sure the analyzer is powered off Aa BIOHAZARD V Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles To install the electrodes follow the steps below 1 Place the POWER to OFF 2 Unscrew the captive screw of the ISE module shielding box and make the cover towards outside Unscrew the cover and you will see the electrodes housing 2 12 2 Installation Electrode Housing The reference electrode is the first to be installed Open the electrode from its protective packaging and remove the insert from the lumen of the reference electrode Make sure that the
53. error Reagent probe horizontal movement error Trying to move away from the reaction disk limit position Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor
54. exists you can E Neglect The original sample remains and the newly downloaded sample is neglected E Add The requested tests in original sample remain and the tests of the new sample are added to the original one Overwrite No matter if original sample is finished or not it is deleted and replaced by the new sample Test name and No on LIS may be different from that on the system In order to ensure tests are requested for intended samples you should relate the tests on LIS and system using correspondence code This area includes two fields Test and Code on LIS The code on LIS means the code of the test used on LIS host You can enter it in the Code on LIS column The code you enter should be of string type and have 0 20 characters The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Restore Click this button to set all parameters on the screen to default values OK After clicking Restore or setting parameters click this button to save the settings Cancel After clicking Restore or setting parameters click this button to ignore the settings Connect Click this button to connect the analyzer to LIS host according to your settings above Disconnect Click this button to disconnect the analyzer from LIS host 4 16 1 5 Dictionary The Dictionary screen as shown in Figure 4 74 is where you can set the data dictionary of the analyzer such as sample type result unit and so forth
55. from the sample reagent disk Remove the sample reagent disk Wash the disk with clean water and wipe it dry with clean gauze Use clean gauze water or disinfector dipped gauze if necessary to clean the inside of the compartment Load the sample reagent disk 5 Service and Maintenance 8 Install the sample reagent disk cover 5 3 6 Cleaning Panel of Analyzing Unit T WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe iO BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Wipe the panel of the analyzing unit with clean gauze water or disinfector dipped gauze if necessary 5 4 Monthly Maintenance 5 4 1 Cleaning Wash Well of Probe l WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe SO BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of used cotton swabs in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Pull the probe arm to its highest point Rotate the arm to move the probe away from the wash well Clean the inside of and the place around the wash well with cotton swabs Pull the probe arm to its highest point and rotate it to move the probe to a position above the wash well 5 4 2 Cleaning Wash Well of Mixing Bar fh WA
56. group Description which includes Normal f You can even change them to void but cannot delete them 4 16 2 Hospital The Hospital screen as shown in Figure 4 75 is where you can set the hospital name departments and doctor information Figure 4 75 Hospital Screen System Hospital User Print Hospital Address gn e m Department Doctor Number Department 7 Select department you want to view Add Dept Add Doctor The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Hospital Address Department Number Doctor Department Description Name of the hospital Address of the hospital Name of the department Number of doctors in the department It cannot be edited but obtained by the system according to the doctors of the department Name of doctor Department to which the doctor belongs 4 Advanced Operations 4 111 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Add Dept Click this button to add a new department Delete Dept After selecting a department from the department list click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a department s You cannot undo the deletion once itis done After the deletion the doctors belonging to this department will appear not related to any department Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected department click C
57. instructions of reagents Improper settings may lead to unreliable test results Parameter Test No Full Name Standard No Reac Type Pri Wave Sec Wave Direction Description Name of the test No of the test It can be edited Full name of the test It can be void Standard No of the test It can be void Analyzing method including Endpoint Fixed time and Kinetic Primary wavelength to be used on the test Secondary wavelength to be used on the test It can be void It refers to the changing direction of the absorbance during the reaction process If the absorbance increases select Increase otherwise select Decrease 4 Advanced Operations Parameter Reac Time Incuba Time Unit Precision R1 R2 Sample Volume Description The unit is the sampling interval of photoelectric data which equals to 18 seconds The first edit box is start time and the second one is end time For the Endpoint method the reaction time refers to the interval between the start of the reaction and the end of the reaction For the Kinetic or Fixed time method the reaction time refers to the interval between the point when the reaction becomes stabilized and the point when the reaction is no longer monitored If the reaction time is negative it means that you should deduct the reagent blank or sample blank The analyzer defines the time when the photoelectrical data is measured in the reaction beginning
58. introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Next Click this button to view next test Previous Click this button to view previous test OK Click this button to start transforming all searched results of the selected test in linear way or through calibration Cancel Click this button to cancel the linear or calibration transform Close Click this button to close the Compensate Results dialog box 4 6 2 4 Edit Results At the History screen after selecting a test that is finished or has no result or selecting an off system test click Edit to pop up the Edit Results dialog box as shown in Figure 4 19 where you can edit result of the selected test 4 Advanced Operations 4 25 4 26 Figure 4 19 Edit Results Dialog Box Test Standard No Full Name Type Reac Type Pri Wave Sec Wave Ref Range Remark Description History Recor 2007 10 23 15 42 13 Admin 0 gt 0 5 B Sample Type Serum Position fi s7 Patient Name Quantitative gt MAN Endpoint H Tested By ti S C C ST 340m Orig Result fo Cur Result 0 5 Unit gmi z The following table explains some parameters of the dialog box Parameter Orig Result Cur Result Remark Description History Recor Description Result of the test calculated by the system It cannot be edited Default result of the test If the test has not been edited the result is the original one otherwise the result
59. is only available for the calibration runs of current day since powering on which have been finished or have no results Current calibration test data will be deleted Click this button to enable recalculating or modifying calibration parameters 4 Advanced Operations 4 49 Button Function Recalculate After clicking the Change button and selecting the calibrator and To 1 2 3 4 calibration rule click this button to recalculate the parameters with the new calibration rule You can modify the calibration parameters directly only after you have recalculated them successfully OK After successful recalculation or calibration parameters modification click this button to save the change Refer to the following text To Recalculate or Modify Calibration Parameters for details Cancel After successful recalculation or calibration parameters modification click this button to abort the change Refer to the following text To Recalculate or Modify Calibration Parameters for details Close Click this button to close the Calibration Data dialog box Recalculate or Modify Calibration Parameters Click the Change button Select a rule in the Rule drop down list box Select test data according to the selected rule Click Recalculate to recalculate the calibration parameters with selected rule and calibrators If you do not want to modify the calibration parameters after recalculating go to step 7 Otherwise go directly t
60. its parameters and test results Exporting data refers to saving some data to a file temporarily for transmitting or updating purposes It is not the same as backing up the database We recommend this exporting function not be used unless necessary The imported data will overwrite the corresponding data in the analyzer s database Before importing data ensure the corresponding data is exported to another file We recommend this importing function not be used unless necessary The file used for exporting or importing data should be a SHD file The Import Export screen displays the options you can import or export The drop down list boxes in the screen are used to set date ranges including start time and end time When importing or exporting test related information selecting Related to Selected Test s means to importing or exporting that of selected test s in the Tests field only Mark the check box on the right of Tests field to select or deselect all the tests The following table introduces the buttons on the screen 4 126 4 Advanced Operations Button Test Update Import Export Select All Function Click this button to pop up the following dialog box The system is about to update the test information Please recalibrate the updated test before testing Continue or not Click Cancel to abort importing click OK to continue importing The following dialog box will show up Look in eJoer
61. operation Sample unit result error Wrong system operation parameter Sample unit result error Undefined commission Sample unit result error Wrong commissioning parameter Sample unit result error Not commissioning Sample unit result error Fluid controlling error Sample unit result error Sample disk rotation error Cannot reach the home position Sample unit result error Sample disk rotation error Cannot move away from the home position Sample unit result error Sample disk rotation error Step missing Sample unit result error Sample disk rotation error Probe in disk 6 Troubleshooting Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Turn off the analyzing unit
62. or your customer Service Department or your Check the reagent module If the error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the reagent module If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 51 400001730001 400001740008 400001750008 400001760008 500000170000 500001160000 500001170000 500001180000 500001620000 500001630000 500001640000 500001650000 500001660000 6 52 Test result error s exceeds measurement range Operating software error ISE reagent depleted Operating software error ISE instruction execute error Operating software error ISE module error System environment error Printer connection error Operating software error is out of date Please replace in time Operating software error is out of date Please replace in time Operating software error Calibration interval of is out Please re calibrate in time Operating software error s is out of date Please replace Operating software error Lot No of s is changed Please calibrate again Operating software error s exceeds rated work hours Please replace
63. or your local distributor Check the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor error remains error remains error remains error remains If the error remains contact our customer error remains error remains error remains error remains error remains error remains error remains Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 37 200680070003 200680080003 200680090002 200680100002 200680110006 200690010000 200690020000 200690030000 200690040000 200690050000 200690060000 200690070003 6 38 Sample unit warning No liquid surface detected when sample probe aspirating exhausted Sample unit warning Liquid surface below probe tip when sample probe aspirating exhausted Sample unit warning No liquid surface detected when sample probe dispensing Sample unit warn
64. print the current reaction curve Reac Data Click this button to pop up a dialog box to display the reaction data of the curve Close Click this button to close the QC Reaction Curve dialog box 4 12 3 Day to Day QC The Day to Day QC screen as shown in Figure 4 45 is used to display the QC results of the selected test among days 4 58 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 45 Day to Day QC Screen Real time Daily QC Day to Day QC QC Sum Control Tabular Data Test AST Rule Westgard Multi rule id Date 2007 10 11 Controll RANDOX2 C Graphical Data 2007 10 29 x Control 2 gt MeanConc sp Unit Actual Resut _ RequestDate l RANDOx2 37 5 0 640 Tt 2007 10 25 16 40 29 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 37 9 2007 10 18 11 16 45 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 37 9 2007 10 18 11 16 45 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 36 5 2007 10 18 8 59 15 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 37 0 2007 10 18 8 59 15 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 u i 37 5 2007 10 17 16 44 53 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 38 9 2007 10 17 16 44 53 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 38 1 2007 10 17 14 22 47 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ull 38 4 2007 10 17 14 22 47 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 u i 37 5 2007 10 17 11 37 42 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 36 2 2007 10 17 11 37 42 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 36 7 2007 10 17 9 32 39 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 36 8 2007 10 17 9 32 39 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 u i 37 2 2007 10 16 17 27 20 AST RANDOX2 37 5 0 640 ul 38 1 2007 10 16 17 27 20
65. recommended by our company only Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor for details Description P N Location Comments Light source assembly BA10 30 77781 Lamp housing Replacing part Replace it when 1 It serves for over 1000h or 2 The system prompts Plunger assembly of BA30 20 06651 Syringe Replacing part syringe Replace it when 1 It serves for 3 months 2 It runs for 100 000 times or 3 It is seriously damaged Syringe gasket 0040 10 32303 Connection Replacing part part between the syringe and the Tee Replace it when the syringe is disassembled for 2 3 times Probe assembly BA31 30 56790 Probe arm Replacing part Replace it when 1 It serves for 1 year or 2 It is damaged or bent Probe gasket 0040 10 32307 Probe Replacing part Replace it when 1 The probe is disassembled for 2 3 times or 2 The probe is replaced with a new one Filter assembly BA31 30 41412 Deionzed Replacing part Waer tanik Replace it every 6 months Appendix B Supplies B 1 Description P N Location Comments Replace it when it is damaged Reaction cuvette BA10 20 77751 Reaction Disk Consumable 20ml reagent bottle BA31 20 41376 Reagent disk Consumable 40ml reagent bottle BA31 20 41377 Reagent disk Consumable Cap of reagent bottle BA31 20 41536 Reagent disk Consumable A4 copy paper 0150 10 00381 Printer Consumable K electrode optional BA34 10 63641 ISE unit Consumab
66. table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function OK Clickthis button to save the settings of carryover information Refer to the following text To Set Carryover Parameters for a Reagent for detailed operations Cancel Click this button to ignore the settings of carryover information Refer to the following text To Set Carryover Parameters for a Reagent for detailed operations To Set Carryover Parameters for a Reagent 1 Select the desired test from the list tree or the upper field 2 Select the reagents that may be affected by the current test from the lower field 3 If you want to save the settings click OK 4 16Setup Click Setup to enter the screen where you can set various parameters The following sections introduce the Setup screen by subtab 4 Advanced Operations 4 99 4 16 1 System The System screen is where you can set basic parameters ISE unit LIS and data dictionary for the analyzer At the System screen there are five tabs Basic ISE Bar Code LIS Dictionary 4 16 1 1 Basic 4 100 The Basic screen as shown in Figure 4 70 is where you can set the basic parameters of the analyzer Figure 4 70 Basic Screen OA PV reer rey AER TaN The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Number of Rgt Disks Number of virtual reagent disks Number of Samp Number of virtual sample disks Disks Wash When Started up It refers to
67. the History screen View Results By Sample refers to displaying the results by sample View Results By Test refers to displaying the results by test After clicking a title bar an upward arrow or downward arrow will appear which means the current results are arranged according to the ascendent or descendent order of the selected title bar See the figure below The upward arrow means 4 Advanced Operations ascendant ordering and the downward arrow means descendent ordering The results can be ordered by any title bar at the History screen Figure 4 15 Title Bar and Arrows Upward arrow Current View Results History Title bar Downward arrow By Sample C s Bo Type ht 2 S2_ Se 281 Se 1 51 Se 281 Se 281 Se 2 81 Se 2 81 Se 2 63 Se 1 82 Se 2 52 Se 2 62 Se 2 52 Se 2 52 Se WNNNNNNNNN SK See eee ee 2 S4 Se C By Test STAT Name _ Ge Request D SS 2222222222222 2222222 6 19 2007 6 13 2007 6 12 2007 6 11 2007 6 10 2007 6 8 2007 6 7 2007 6 6 2007 6 5 2007 6 4 2007 6 19 2007 6 12 2007 6 11 2007 6 10 2007 6 8 2007 6 7 2007 6 6 2007 6 5 2007 6 4 2007 6 19 2007 gt The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Search Add Details Compen Function Click this button to pop up the Conditions di
68. the first reagent of a double reagent test The first edit box is the low limit and the second one is the high limit Void means no check It refers to the allowed absorbance range of the mixture of the double reagent test The first edit box is the low limit and the second one is the high limit Void means no check It refers to the range in which the test result is linear with the response The first edit box is the low limit and the second one is the high limit Void means no check It applies to the Kinetic method only It ranges from 0 to 1 It refers to the minimum descending curve or maximum ascending curve absorbance within the given reaction time and there is still substrate left It applies to the Kinetic and Fixed time methods only It ranges from 0 to 50 000 For the test with a pre set calculation factor you can directly run it without running the calibration first Void means the calculation factor is invalid Select to check the prozone The following parameters are available only when it is selected Prozone test point q1 It is available when the Prozone check is selected Prozone test point q2 It is available when the Prozone check is selected Prozone test point q3 It is available when the Prozone check is selected Prozone test point q4 It is available when the Prozone check is selected Prozone limit PC It is available when the Prozone check is selected Lower limit of prozone absorb
69. the following text Calibration Data Click this button to print the list in the middle of the Results screen This button is available only when History is selected in the View area Click this button to set the selected calibration result as the default calibration parameters of this test After selecting a calibration result click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete the calibration results You cannot undo the deletion once it is done Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected calibration result or click Cancel to abort the deletion This button is available only when Current is selected in the View area After selecting a calibration result click this button to rerun calibration for the test and the current result is saved Calibration Curve At the Results screen click Calib Curve to pop up the Calibration Curve dialog box as shown in Figure 4 35 which is used to display a calibration curve 4 44 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 35 Calibration Curve Dialog Box Test IGA Date Time 6 4 2007 2 51 49 P Rule Logit Log 5P x 1 R R k _______ Rgt Blank f302 20940 1 exp bin C cC K 55043 45059 RO 0 00000 A 2 57846 B 0 64836 c 0 02725 D Response 14677 a N LT E E a A a a a a Oe 5289 4436 3582 2729 1876 1022 169 684 1537 2391 00 03 06 09 12 15 18 21 24 27 3 0 33 36
70. the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk on hold for a long time Otherwise certain analyses may be affected 4 13 3 Reaction Disk 4 72 The Reaction Disk screen as shown in Figure 4 53 is used to display the current status of the reaction disk Figure 4 53 Reaction Disk Screen Sample Disk Reagent Disk Reaction Disk Position 1 Status Empty X Finished None New Segment Testing Ge Used cuvette s included Co Unknown At this screen the reaction disk graph on the left displays current status of each cuvette position Click a position to display its sample and testing information on the right 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Rerun After clicking a cuvette that has been tested on the reaction disk graph click this button to rerun the test with original result invalidated Reac Curve After selecting a cuvette that has been tested click this button to pop up the Reaction Curve dialog box to view the reaction curve of the run 4 14Statistics 4 14 1 Click Statistics to enter the screen which is used to display several kinds of statistical information The following sections introduce the Statistics screen by tab Worklist The Worklist screen as shown in Figure 4 54 is used to display statistical information of the tests and samples since powering on within the current day Figure 4 54 Workli
71. the parameters on the screen Parameter Exp Date Volume Lot No Install Date Inventory Description Expiration date of the reagent Total amount of the reagent Lot No of the reagent Date when the reagent module is installed Remaining volume of the reagent The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Search Purge A Purge B Pump Cal Function Click this button to search the status information of the reagent module The searched contents will be displayed in corresponding edit boxes Click this button to purge Calibrant A solution through the tubing from the reagent module to the ISE module Click this button to purge Calibrant B solution through the tubing from the reagent module to the ISE module Click this button to calibrate the peristaltic pumps of the ISE module 4 Advanced Operations Button Function Calibration Click this button to calibrate the electrodes of the ISE module Clean Click this button to remove protein build up from the ISE module electrodes Maintenance Click this button to clear fluid from the flow path of the ISE module Bubble Cal Click this button to allow the module to reestablish a baseline for detecting air liquid interfaces Purge Comb Click this button to purge both calibrant A and B solution through the tubing from the reagent module to the ISE module You can set purge times in right edit box The times should be within 1 50 Recover
72. the reaction disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reaction disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the lamp as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the lamp status as instructed by 4 17 1 Daily Maintenance Replace the lamp as needed If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the lamp as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100650170005 100650180005 100650190005 100651250005 100651270005 100660010000 100660020000 100660030000 100660040000 100660040010 100660040020 100660040030 100660050000 100660060000 100660070000 100660080000 100660090000 Reaction unit result error
73. this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to position above the wash well Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to dispensing position on the reaction disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to a position above the reaction disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to a position above the reagent disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the reagent probe to aspirate position on the reagent disk Mixing Bar Above Wash Well To Cleaning Pos in Wash Well Above Reaction Disk To Mixing Pos on Reaction Disk 4 Advanced Operations Click this button to send an instruction to move the mixing bar to a position above the wash well Click this button to send an instruction to move the mixing bar to the cleaning position in the wash well Click this button to send an instruction to move the mixing bar to a position above the reaction disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the mixing bar to mixing position on the reaction disk 4 131 4 132 Part Reaction Disk Button Mix for Time Specified Rotate Given Circles to Target Position Rotate Positions Given Function Enter the desired mixing time into the edit box to the right of Time and then click this button to send an instruction to mix for specified time After entering the desired numbers in
74. whose reagents may affect each other as far away from each other as possible or if this is not an option ordering extra washing process before analyzing those tests The Carryover screen as shown in Figure 4 69 is where you can set the carryover information of reagents among tests 4 98 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 69 Carryover Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Offsystem Carryover ALT_RI ALT_R2 CREA_RI TBIL_RI TBIL_R2 GLU_RI TBIL_R2 GGT R2 GGT_RI GGT_R2 UREA_R1 UREA_R2 TP_RI AST_RI CAI_RI AST_R2 TC_RI P_RI ALB_R1 IGA_RI IGA_R2 CK_RI AMY_RI ALP_RI ALP_R2 CAMRY DBIL_R1 DBIL_R2 CkK_RI d ALT_AZ CK_R2 AMY_RI LDHL_R1 LDHL_R2 TG_RI UA RI CREA_RI TBIL_RI HDL_R1 HDL_R2 LDL_RI LDL_R2 MG_RI APOAI_R1 TBIL_R2 APOAI_R2 LP JRI LP A _R2 CREA_R2 Idhp_R1 Idhp_R2 GLU RI El GGT RI ALT_R2 CREA_RI TBIL_R1 GLU_RI GGT _R2 a UREA RI GGT_R2 UREA_R1 UREA_R2 TP_RI AST_RI UREA_R2 TC_RI PRI ALB_RI IGA_RI IGA_R2 TPRI al a i a AST_RI ALP_R2 CAMI_RI DBIL_R1 DBIL_R2 CK_RI AST R2 iin AMY_RI LDHL_RI LDHL_R2 TG_RI UA_RI PRI HDL_RI HDL_R2 LDL_RI LDL_R2 MG_RI APOA1_RI ALB RI egani z APOAIR LPAJRI LP A _R2 CREA_R2 Idhp_R1 Idhp_R2 li Confirm your settings L At the Carryover screen current reagents are listed in the upper field and the reagents that may be affected by the current reagents are listed in the lower field The following
75. with level equal to higher than or lower than the one set in the Error Level field Units Select a unit s to which the logs you want to search correspond The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK After setting the conditions click this button to confirm and display the qualified logs at the Log screen Cancel Click this button to abort the searching 4 17 4 Import Export The Import Export screen as shown in Figure 4 85 is where you can import or export parameters and test results A N CAUTION You can import or export parameters and test results when the analyzer is not testing 4 Advanced Operations 4 125 Figure 4 85 Import Export Screen Daily Maint ISE Log Import Export Alignment Calibration j r Sample Analysis System 2008 04 22 2008 04 22 2008 04 22 gt 2008 04 22 2008 04 22 2008 04 22 M Department F Calibrator I Control I Patient Information l Doctor I Calibration Settings I QC Settings I Sample Information I User I Calibration Parameters QC Data M Test Results I Calibration Data Reagent Test Information r Tests L I Test Parameters I Reference Range I Calculation Test I Carryover I Profile l Offsystem Test F Tests in Profile I ISE Analyte I Related to Selected Test s Export or import carryover information Test Update Select All A N NOTE This analyzer automatically backs up
76. 00001090001 400001100000 Test result error Substrate of exhausted Test result error Abnormal prozone check of Test result error calculation failed Calibration parameter of Test result error Calibration SD of too large Test result error Difference between calibration coefficients of too large Test result error Calibration related coefficients of too low Test result error Incomplete repeated calibration data of Test result error Calibration curve of not monotonic Test result error Concentration of calculation failed Test result error Incomplete test result of Test result error Error of repeated too large Test result error QC out of control 6 Troubleshooting Check the test parameters and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the calibration If this error occurs frequently contact our
77. 0009 400000380009 6 44 Operating software error Serial port sending thread error Operating software error Serial port receiving thread error Operating software error Serial port sending error Operating software error Serial port receiving error Operating software error Configuration file does not exist Operating software error Configuration file error Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzin
78. 2 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 4 50 52 Period Refresh Print Previous Next Close In the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box after selecting a test in the Test drop down list box and a calibrator in the Calibrator drop down list box you can view the reaction curve of the selected test with the selected calibrator The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Refresh Click this button to refresh the current reaction curve Print Click this button to print the current reaction curve Previous Click this button to display the reaction curve of current test with the previous calibrator Next Click this button to display the reaction curve of current test with the next calibrator Close Click this button to close the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box Reagent Blank Trend Curve At the Results screen click Rgt Blk to pop up the Reagent Blank Trend Curve dialog box as shown in Figure 4 37 which is used to display the reagent blank trend curve of the selected calibration result 4 46 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 37 Reagent Blank Trend Curve Dialog Box Reagent Blank Trend Curve i View Test IGA v Absorbance 0 Rule Logit Log 5P Date Time 6 21 2007 3 27 02 AM C Estimated Absorbance 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 00 700 800 300 1000 1100 0 1 2 Tim
79. 2007 0710 means October 2007 When selected it means the reagent bar code reader is enabled If a reagent bar code reader is installed on the analyzer this option is selected by default When selected the system will analyze reagent information based on the scanned bar code For instance if test No and reagent type are set for reagent bar code the analyzer will analyze the bar code and fill the obtained test No and reagent type into reagent information The system provides six symbologies which are Code128 Code39 Codabar ITF UPC EAN and Code93 Code128 is selected by default Check digit It means whether check information for related item is needed The check box is not ticked by default The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Restore Click this button to restore default settings for all options OK Click this button to save your settings Cancel Click this button to cancel your settings 4 Advanced Operations 4 107 4 16 1 4 LIS The LIS screen as shown in Figure 4 73 is where you can set parameters regarding LIS communication Figure 4 73 LIS Screen System Hospital User Print Basic ISE LIS Dictionary W Enable LIS Test Correspondence r US Communication ALT LIS Host IP r 0 0 1 CREA Port 5150 IBIL I GLU GGT Bidirectional Mode UREA TP Send Results after Each Sample Run AST Tc P Connect to LIS When Started Up on Sending Timeo
80. 3 3 Washing Deionized Water Tank A N CAUTION The water must meet requirements of the CAP Type II water When placing the deionized water tank ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed Ensure the deionized water pickup tube is not blocked bent or twisted 1 Place the Power to OFF AN CAUTION After removing the cap of the deionized water place it on a clean table Unscrew counter clockwise the tank cap and remove the cap together with the pickup tube and the sensor 3 Wash the tank interior with deionized water Use a clean brush to clean the interior if necessary 4 Wash the pickup tube and the sensor with deionized water Use clean gauze to wash them if necessary 5 Wipe water off the tank exterior pickup tube and sensor cable with clean gauze Add deionized water into the tank Screw clockwise the cap back onto the tank until secure 5 3 4 Washing Waste Tank a BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Exercise caution and do not spill the waste onto other people or things Dispose of the wastewater in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal and consult the manufacturer or distributor of the reagents for details Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal AN CAUTION 5 Service and Maintenance 5 13 When placing the was
81. 4 34 is where you can view the calibration results 4 42 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 34 Results Screen Calibration Request Results Calibrator ISE View Current History Test p tet Rue Stus Rg Bank K AO a 6B c fo t T two point Finished 14853 4 n 3783 0 00000 AST Two point Finished 15067 4 4 16110 0 00000 CK Two point Finished 1413 42 1 22434 0 00000 a AMY Two point Finished 1585 89 1 12982 0 00000 UREA Two point Finished 15260 6 39 44238 0 00000 CREA Two point Finished 701 078 1 54284 0 00000 TP Two point Finished 2525 4 56 96088 2 29102 Alb Two point Finished 4235 5 170 516 33 42165 T Bil Two point Finished 86 25853 14 16662 0 00000 HDL C Two point Finished 4 58495 645 188 0 00000 ALT630 Two point Finished 15060 9 4 19376 0 00000 Apo Al Two point Invalid CK1 Two point Invalid UREA1 Two point Invalid Default calibration parameters of all tests Calib Curve Reac Curve Rgt Blk Data Print Delete Rerun In the View area Current refers to the default calibration parameters of each test and History refers to all calibration results The Test drop down list box is only available when History is selected A N NOTE This analyzer uses the default calibration parameters to calculate the sample concentrations This analyzer will automatically set the latest parameters including the parameters obtain
82. 4 5 User information 4 114 4 115 Username 0 3 4 4 36 4 37 WwW Warning messages area 1 9 6 1 Wash solution c ccceeeeeee 5 5 2 Washing position eee 4 131 waste tank E 6 50 Westgard multi rule 4 54 4 55 4 59 4 91 7 13 Working page area 1 8 Workload 4 76 4 77 4 78 Appendix C Index Z Zero order reaction Appendix C Index P N BA10 20 84256 7 0
83. 5 300651260005 300651260015 300651260025 300651260035 300651260045 300651260055 Reagent unit warning Liquid surface below probe tip when reagent probe aspirating exhausted Reagent unit warning No liquid surface detected when reagent probe dispensing Reagent unit warning Inadequate dispensing of reagent probe Reagent unit warning No liquid surface detected when washing reagent probe Main unit response error Parity error Main unit response error Instruction too long Main unit response error Instruction too short Main unit response error Incomplete instruction Main unit response error Check sum error Main unit response error A value within 00 0x7F is larger than Ox7F Main unit response error Unmatched machine type Main unit response error No response or timeout Reaction unit response error No response or timeout Reaction unit response error No response or timeout Reaction unit response error Parity error Reaction unit response error Instruction too long Reagent unit response error Instruction too short Reaction unit response error Incomplete instruction Reaction unit response error Check sum error 6 Troubleshooting Pause dispensing and check if there is enough reagent distilled water or wash solution at the specified position If no add more If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Pause dispensing and check if there is a rea
84. 500 o 2 4 6 8 410 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 4 42 44 4 4 50 52 Period Refresh Print Reac Data Close The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Refresh Rerun Print Reac Data Close 4 12 4 Control Function Click this button to refresh the current reaction curve Click this button to re request the current QC run It is only available for the QC runs of current day since powering on which have been finished or have no results Click this button to print the current reaction curve Click this button to pop up a dialog box to display the reaction data of the curve Click this button to close the QC Reaction Curve dialog box The Control screen as shown in Figure 4 47 is where you can set the basic information concentration and SD of a control 4 Advanced Operations 4 61 Figure 4 47 Control Screen Realtime DailyQC Day to Day QC QC Sum Control Controls Tests Position Level control 1 7777 20090409 Medium control 2 56 2009 04 09 Medium 2009 04 09 DBIL TBIL BUN Ca 0 CaA co2 Chol Creat CK CK MB Control Information CRP Name control 3 No a3 FRUC z Exp Date 2009 04 09 x LotNo 565 Mean Conc Position 1 gt x Level Medium gt SD Add Delete The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Name Name of the control
85. 88 7 8 lower limit eeeecesteereeees 6 48 M Measurement range 06 4 28 mixing bar 6 27 6 28 6 37 Mixing bar 6 27 6 28 6 37 A 1 B 2 Mixing position 1 6 4 131 MRN e retten EE 4 6 4 21 O Off system test 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeees 4 23 Off system test4 2 4 19 4 22 4 23 Operating procedure 4 3 2 Operating software 3 4 3 8 Operating temperature 2 2 operation unit 6 42 6 52 Operation unit 1 8 A 2 Operator area 1 8 Optical path 1 6 4 119 A 1 Output UNIt ee eeeeeeeees 1 8 P Package insert seee 10 Password 3 4 4 37 4 113 4 114 Patient report 4 22 4 96 4 116 4 117 Photometric System 0 0 1 1 Plasma icin hee cds 4 3 4 5 Plunger button 00 0 0 cee 5 27 Plunger guide cap 5 7 5 27 Plunger tip 0 0 5 26 5 27 POWER nemamo tieua 2 4 5 3 Power consumption 6 A 2 Power socket 0ccceceee 2 2 3 3 Primary wavelength 7 7 7 8 probe 6 29 6 30 6 31 6 32 6 33 6 34 6 35 6 36 6 37 6 38 6 39 Probe arm 1 4 4 129 5 10 5 11 5 15 5 19 5 20 5 21 5 22 Probe tip 3 6 5 5 5 7 5 9 5 12 5 14 5 15 5 18 5 20 5 21 5 22 5 23 5 25 Profile sene ose he eeRe ene 4 93 Prozone check 4 27 4 84 Appendix C Index Q QC8 1 8 3 6 3 7 4 10 4 11 4 54 4 55 4 56 4 57 4 58
86. A slider is used to select a level continuously An example of a slider is shown below Clicking and holding the slider you can drag it to desired scale Slider 1 System Description 2 Installation ri WARNING The system should be installed only by technicians of our company or authorized by our company Before installing the system you should prepare a proper site for installation If you need to relocate the system please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 2 1 Unpacking When you receive the system carefully inspect the package If you see any signs of mishandling or damage file a claim immediately with our customer service department or your local distributor After opening the package check the delivered goods against the packing list as well as the appearance of the system If you find anything missing or damaged immediately alert our customer service department or your local distributor 2 2 Installation Requirements A N CAUTION Make sure the system is installed in a place meeting the requirements Otherwise it will not perform as promised 2 Installation 2 1 2 2 1 Environmental Requirements The system is for indoor use only The bearing platform should be level with gradient less than 1 200 The bearing platform should be able to bear 75Kg weight The bearing platform should be 500mm 800mm high The installation site should be well ventilated A N CAUTION The s
87. AD BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Insert the probe back into the hole on probe arm and align the hole on probe plate to the rotor inside the arm Sleeve the spring on the rotor and screw the retaining screws to secure Pinch the probe by the part near the probe arm Gently push the probe upward and then release the probe to see if the spring can move freely If yes proceed to the next step If not check for errors and try again after removing the errors Connect the probe s circuit connector back to the circuit board Ensure the gasket is inside the probe AN NOTE You should replace the gasket with a new one after removing and installing the probe for about 2 3 times Otherwise sealingness of the fluidic path and sampling precision may be influenced 5 Service and Maintenance 5 21 J CAUTION The fluid tube inside the probe arm should be bent into a circle when being installed Exercise caution when connecting the probe Excessive force may bend the probe Screw clockwise the probe s fluid connector back to the tubing connector 8 Add deionized water to a clean cup Immerse the probe tip into the water by about 3mm and the LED on the circuit board will be lighted Take the probe tip out of water and the LED will be off If the test succeeds proceed to the next step If not please contact our customer service department or your local distribu
88. BS 120 Chemistry Analyzer Operator s Manual 2007 2010 Shenzhen Mindray Bio Medical Electronics Co Ltd All rights Reserved For this Operator s Manual the issue date is 2010 04 Intellectual Property Statement SHENZHEN MINDRAY BIO MEDICAL ELECTRONICS CO LTD hereinafter called Mindray owns the intellectual property rights to this Mindray product and this manual This manual may refer to information protected by copyright or patents and does not convey any license under the patent rights or copyright of Mindray or of others Mindray intends to maintain the contents of this manual as confidential information Disclosure of the information in this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden Release amendment reproduction distribution rental adaptation translation or any other derivative work of this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Mindray is strictly forbidden mindray M met OmniLab Digi GA MINDRAY View WATO BeneHeart A are the trademarks registered or otherwise of Mindray in China and other countries All other trademarks that appear in this manual are used only for informational or editorial purposes They are the property of their respective owners Responsibility on the Manufacturer Party Contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice All information contained in this manual is believed to
89. Click this button to recover failures of the ISE module 4 17 2 2 Maintenance Record The Maint Record screen as shown in Figure 4 81 is where you can view status of ISE module components Figure 4 81 Maint Record Screen Daily Maint ISE Log Import Export Alignment Daily Maint Maint Record Component Status Name___ __LastReplace __ Rated D Current D Rated T Current _Comments _ K Electrode 2007 01 22 16 52 59 M Na Electrode 2007 01 22 16 52 59 181 21 10000 0 Normal CI Electrode 2007 01 22 16 52 59 181 21 10000 0 Normal Reference Ele 2007 01 22 16 52 59 181 21 10000 0 Normal CalibrantA Pe 2007 01 22 16 52 59 273 21 Normal CalibrantB Pe 2007 01 22 16 52 59 273 21 Normal Waste Perista 2007 01 22 16 52 59 273 21 Normal CalibrantA No 2007 01 22 16 52 59 365 21 Normal CalibrantB No 2007 01 22 16 52 59 365 21 Normal Waste Normal 2007 01 22 16 52 59 365 21 Normal Replace ___ The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Replace Click this button to replace selected ISE component For more information about replacing component refer to the following text To Replace ISE Component 4 Advanced Operations 4 121 To Replace ISE Component On the Maint Record screen select a component and click Replace The following dialog box is displayed Figure 4 82 Replace ISE Component Dialog Box Replace ISE Component Component Rated Days
90. Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the lamp status as instructed by 4 17 1 Daily Maintenance Replace the lamp as needed If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 200660030000 Temperature unit warning Reagent refrigeration Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 200670010002 200670020002 200670030000 200670040000 200670050000 200670060000 200670070000 200670080000 200680010000 200680020000 200680030000 200680040000 200680050000 200680060000 temperature abnormal Mixing unit warning Invalid mixing Mixing unit warning Invalid washing Mixing unit warning Mixing cancelled Mixing unit warning Washing cancelled Mixing unit warning Mixing bar exceeds the home position horizontally Mixing unit warning Mixing bar exceeds the limit position horizontally Mixing unit warning Mixing bar exceeds the home position vertically Mixing unit warning Mixing bar exceeds the limit position vertically Sample unit warning Samp
91. Do not stare into the lamp when the system is in operation If you want to replace the photometer lamp first switch off the Main Power and then wait at least 15 minutes for the lamp to cool down before touching it Do not touch the lamp before it cools down or you may get burned Preventing Infection Please observe the following instructions to protect against the biohazardous infection wo BIOHAZARD Inappropriately handling samples controls and calibrators may lead to biohazardous infection Do not touch the sample mixture or waste with your hands Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles In case your skin contacts the sample control or calibrator follow standard laboratory safety procedure and consult a doctor Handling Reagents and Wash Solution Please observe the following instructions to protect against the chemical hazard A N WARNING Reagents and wash solution may hurt human skins Exercise caution when using the reagents and wash solution In case your skin or clothes contact them wash them off with soap and clean water In case the reagents or wash solution spill into your eyes rinse them with much water and consult an oculist Foreword 5 Treating Waste Liquids Please observe the following instructions to prevent environmental pollution and personal injury caused by waste BIOHAZARD Some substances in reagent control wash solution and waste are subject to regulations of contamination and d
92. E Unit optional 7 14 An ion selective electrode develops a voltage that varies with the concentration of the ion to which it responds The relationship between the voltage developed and the concentration of the sensed ion is logarithmic as expressed by the Nernst equation Ex Es RT nF log u C Where Ex the potential of the electrode in sample solution Es the potential developed under standard conditions RT nF a temperature dependent constant termed the slope s Log base ten logarithm function 7 Calculation Methods y activity coefficient of the measured ion in the solution C concentration of the measured ion in the solution The calculation process of the concentration of the ion in the sample is as the following steps m The module measures the potential of the calibrant A and calibrant B and calculates the slope S of the electrode with the formula below ga Fat Es where S the slope of the electrode E the potential of calibrant A Eg the potential of calibrant B Ca the concentration of calibrant A Cs the concentration of calibrant B m The module calculates the concentration of the ion in the sample with the formula below Ex E C C x10 5 Where C the concentration of the ion in the sample E the potential of the sample Ca the concentration of calibrant A E the potential of calibrant A S the slope of the electrode 7 Calculati
93. High Description Gender of the patients Type of the samples Age of the patients Low limit of reference range for the sample results High limit of reference range for the sample results A N NOTE When the test Gender and Sample Type of two reference ranges are the same the ranges of Age should not contain or intersect with each other The following table introduces the buttons on the Reference screen Button Add upper Delete upper Add lower Function Click this button to add a new reference range After selecting a reference range click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete the reference range You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected range click Cancel to abort the deletion Click this button to add a new test 4 Advanced Operations Button Function Delete lower After selecting a test click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a test s Corresponding tests can t be requested after the deletion You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected test click Cancel to abort the deletion OK After selecting a reference range and modifying the relevant parameters of it click this button to save the setting Cancel After selecting a reference range and modi
94. Name of the sender Department to which the tester belongs Name of the tester Characteristic of the sample It includes blank none Hemolysis Icterus and Lipemia 4 Advanced Operations 4 5 4 6 Parameter Blood Type Samp Time Send Date Patient Age Birth Date Birth Time Gender MRN Treated In Treated By Zone No Admi No Bed No Bar Code SS No Diagnosis Button Set Defaults Previous Next OK Cancel Close Description Blood type of the sample Time when the sample was sampled Time when the sample was sent for analysis Name of the patient Age of the patient The date when the patient was born The time at which the patient was born Gender of the patient Medical record No of the patient Department where the patient is treated Doctor in charge for the patient No of the zone where the patient stays Admission No of the patient If Obtain Patient Information by Admission No at Setup gt System screen is selected after you entering the admission No here the system will find out if the admission No has existed in the database already If so the patient information corresponding to the admission No will be obtained automatically including Blood Type Patient Age Gender MRN Treated In Treated By Zone No and Bed No No of the bed where the patient stays Barcode information of the sample Medical insurance No or Social insurance No Clinical diagnosis to t
95. Operating software error s exceeds rated test times Please replace Operating software error s has no installation information Please update If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the connection between the operation unit and the printer and ensure the printer is on If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace Replace Rerun the calibration Replace Recalibrate Replace Replace Update 6 Troubleshooting Caculation Methods 7 1 Reaction Types The system provides three reaction types for measurement 7 1 1 Endpoint The endpoint or more correctly equilibrium method is most ideal The reaction reaches equilibrium after a period of time Since the equilibrium constant is very large it can be considered that all substrates analytes have changed into products and absorbance of the reaction liquid does not change any more The absorbance change is directly proportional to the analytes concentration Figure 7 1 Single reagent Endpoint Reaction Curve A tl t2 t3 t As shown in Figure 7 1 is the time when the reagent is added and f is the time when the sam
96. Profiles The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Replicates Times of QC requesting Default setting is 1 which means once only The maximum is 10 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function OK After selecting a test s in the Tests and setting the Replicates click this button to finish requesting Cancel After selecting a test s in the Tests and setting the Replicates click this button to cancel requesting Change After selecting a control click this button to pop up the Change Position Position dialog box where you can reset the position of the selected control on the sample disk For more information about the Change Position dialog box refer to the following text To Reset Position of a Control To Reset Position of a Control At the QC Request screen after selecting a control click Change Position to pop up the Change Position dialog box as shown in Figure 4 7 where you can reset the position of the selected control on the sample disk 4 Advanced Operations 4 11 Figure 4 7 Change Position Dialog Box Disk Position Old m fs x Changeable New ho g S 7 Changeable Cancel The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Old Current position of the selected control New New position of the selected control Disk No of the virtual sample disk Void means that the selected control is no
97. QC program to make sure the system is in normal status Be sure to run the QC program every time you use the system otherwise the result may be unreliable Do not open the covers of the sample reagent disk cover when the system is in operation The RS 232 port on the analyzing unit is to be used for connection with the operation unit only Do not use it for other connections Only use the supplied cable for the connection The operation unit is a personal computer with the operating software installed Installing other software or hardware on this computer may interfere with the system operation Do not run other software when the system is working Computer virus may destroy the operating software or test data Do not use this computer for other purposes or connect it to the Internet Do not touch the display mouse or keyboard with wet hands or hands with chemicals Do not place the Main Power to ON again within 10 seconds since placing it to OFF otherwise the system may enter protection status If it does so switch off the Main Power and switch it on again Discard the cuvette after use Do not use it again Foreword Maintaining the System Samples A A CAUTION Maintain the system strictly as instructed by this manual Inappropriate maintenance may lead to unreliable results or even equipment damage and personal injury Dust may accumulate on the system surface when the system is exposed to the outside for a l
98. RNING The bar tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the mixing bar 5 Service and Maintenance 5 15 A O N gt iG BIOHAZARD lt 3 Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of used cotton swabs in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal Place the Power to OFF Pull the mixing bar arm to its highest point Clean the inside of and the place around the wash well with cotton swabs Pull the mixing bar arm to a position above the wash well 5 5 Six month Maintenance 5 5 1 Washing Dust Screen 5 16 Place the Main Power to OFF Use a screwdriver to unscrew the screws on the right plate and remove the right plate Remove the dust screens from the plate Dust screen Wash the screens with clean water and dry them by airing Install the screens back to the right plate Install the right plate with screws 5 Service and Maintenance 5 5 2 Replacing Filter Assemby 1 Remove cap assembly from the DI water tank and place it on a clean desktop Carefully remove the filter assembly from the cap assembly Old filter assemby 2 Inject water into the new filter assembly through the big adapter by using the syringe When water wells up from the small adapter the injection is completed Purpose increase the weight of the filter assembly to make it sink to the bottom of the water tank Big a
99. Rated Tests Date Time K Electrode X 181 fi 0000 2 13 2007 3 02 28 PM The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Component Rated Days Rated Tests Date Time Description Select a component you want to replace Maximum days that the component can work after being replaced When the actual working day exceeds this limit the system will remind you of replacement in the Comments column on Maint Record screen Maximum number of tests that the component can work for after being replaced When the actual tests number exceeds this limit the system will remind you of replacement in the Comments column on Maint Record screen Set date and time when the component is replaced The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button OK Cancel 4 17 3 Log Function Click this button to save the maintenance information Click this button to cancel the maintenance information The Log screen as shown in Figure 4 83 is where you can search and delete the alarm messages You can take corresponding actions according to the alarm messages For detailed information about troubleshooting refer to 6Troubleshooting 4 122 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 83 Log Screen Daily Maint Conditions View Latest Search History ISE Log Import Export Alignment Log List __ RequestDate Type Code Level Detais m
100. Reset Shut Down Reset Liquid Level Function Click this button to send an instruction to check the status of the specified unit Click this button to send an instruction to check the self check results of the specified unit Click this button to send an instruction to check the mechanical reset result of the specified unit Click this button to send an instruction to check the previous instruction error Click this button to send an instruction to check the previous instruction result Click this button to send an instruction to check the horizontal status of the probe arm Click this button to send an instruction to check the vertical status of the probe arm Click this button to send an instruction to check the status of the syringe Click this button to send an instruction to check the temperature of the reaction disk Click this button to send an instruction to check the target temperature of the reaction disk Click this button to send an instruction to check the status of the lamp Click this button to send an instruction to check the status of the specified disk Click this button to send an instruction to check the position status of the mixing bar Click this button to send an instruction to shake hand with the specified unit Click this button to send an instruction to reset the specified unit Click this button to send an instruction to inform the specified unit of shutdown Click this but
101. Sample Runs Auto Calibrate for Calibrate Pumps When Started Up Calibrate Pumps When Shut Down The following table explains the parameters on the screen Description When selected it means the ISE electrodes will be washed when the analyzer is started up When selected it means the ISE electrodes will be washed when the analyzer is shut down When selected it means the ISE electrodes will be washed when 50 samples are analyzed When selected it means an ISE calibration will be run automatically for the specified interval You should enter calibration interval in the following edit box The interval should be within 1 8h When selected it means the peristaltic pumps will be calibrated when the analyzer is started up When selected it means the peristaltic pumps will be calibrated when the analyzer is shut down The following table introduces the button on the screen Button Function Restore Click this button to restore default settings of all options OK Click this button to save your settings Cancel Click this button to cancel your settings 4 16 1 3 Bar Code 4 104 The Bar Code screen as shown in Figure 4 72 is where you can set parameters and rules for both sample and reagent bar code 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 72 Bar Code Screen lt I AAAI a 1 a 4 xl A N NOTE When initialized the system checks sample or reagent bar code reader is equipped Related options on
102. Single reagent and single wavelength R R Rpg V V S R and Rsg are calculated through R A 4 x l1 Where R original response R response of sample blank If no sample blank is required R 0 A absorbance at t A absorbance at previous point of t V single reagent volume calibration factor V S Double reagent and single wavelength R R R R and R are calculated through R A A _ X i ly l BV S V Where R original response 7 Calculation Methods 7 2 2 2 7 2 2 3 R double reagent blank response R is the response of the latest reagent blank A absorbance at t Bees absorbance at t n n isthe starting value of the reaction time V S eer _ _ double reagent volume calibration factor Vi 5 V Double wavelength for both single reagent and double reagent The calculation method is similar to that for single wavelength reaction except that in every measurement period the absorbance is the difference between primary wavelength absorbance and secondary wavelength absorbance Calculating Response of Fixed time Reaction Single wavelength for both single reagent and double reagent R R R A R and R are calculated through R l m h Where R original response R reagent blank response R will be the response of the latest reagent blank If no reagent blank has been required R 0 t start time for abs
103. T No MRN Gender Date 2007 10 26 15 59 37 Bar Code r Tests Ref Ran Status Pending Change Pos Release All Details Refresh At this screen the sample disk graph on the left displays current status of each sample position Click a position to display its sample information calibrators and controls on the right The following table introduces the buttons on the screen A N NOTE If the remaining sample calibrator or control is not enough or exhausted you must click the Refresh button after adding more Function When a sample calibrator or control is not enough or exhausted after adding more to it click the sample position on the sample disk graph and then click Refresh to refresh its status Button Refresh 4 66 4 Advanced Operations Button Function Change Pos After selecting a virtual sample disk from the Disk drop down list box and a sample position on the sample disk graph click Change Pos to pop up the Change Position dialog box where you can change position of the selected sample For more information about the Change Position dialog box refer to the following text To Reset Sample Position Release All After selecting a virtual sample disk from the Disk drop down list box click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to release the sample disk Finished samples will lose their assigned positions You cannot rer
104. Test Select the test you need to view Date Select the testing date of the QC results that you need to view Rule It includes Westgard multi rule Cumulative Sum Check and TWIN PLO rule Control 1 Select the first control Control 2 Select the second control 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Refresh Print Delete Reaction Curve Send After setting or changing searching conditions the system will not refresh the searching results automatically You need to click this button to refresh and display the latest results Click this button to pop up the following dialog box It will take a long time to search the QC data and the screen probably can t be refreshed during this period Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to display the latest searching results click Cancel to abort refreshing Click this button to print the tabular data or graphical data currently displayed Only the QC results of the current day can be deleted Select one of the searched QC results If it is of the current day the button will be available Click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete the test results You cannot undo the deletion Do you want to continue Click OK to delete the selected result click Cancel to abort the deletion After selecting a QC result click this button to pop up the QC
105. Unit is busy ISE unit result error Cl electrode voltage overflow Cal B Sample ISE unit result error Cl K electrodes voltage overflow Cal B Sample ISE unit result error Cl K Na electrodes voltage overflow Cal B Sample ISE unit result error Cl Na electrodes voltage overflow Cal B Sample ISE unit result error K electrode voltage overflow Cal B Sample ISE unit result error K Na electrodes voltage overflow Cal B Sample ISE unit result error Na electrode voltage overflow Cal B Sample Check whether there is enough sample in the sample container Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace the electrode and test 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace reference electrode and recalibrate 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2
106. a A NOTE The system can automatically store data to the built in hard disk of the PC However data loss is still possible due to mis deletion or physical damage of the hard disk We recommend you to regularly back up the data to portable storage device Computer and Printer 10 A NOTE Refer to the operation manuals of computer and printer for details Foreword External Equipment WARNING A External equipment connected to the analogue and digital interfaces must be complied with the relevant Safety and EMC standards e g IEC 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment Standard and CISPR 22 EMC of Information Technology Equipment Standard CLASS B Any person who connects additional equipment to the signal input or output ports and configures an IVD system is responsible for ensuring that the system work normally and complies with the safety and EMC requirements If you have any problem Foreword consult the technical services department of your local representative 11 12 Foreword Contents Intellectual Property Statements ic cccccccc cece seocceeestscceaasseceeeeheseecenesis REREN EEE ERRENA i Responsibility on the Manufacturer Party cccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeneeeeeeaes i Warranty erena a ea aea aa a Tey ree a e ae ii FONG WON cenena dtc cee eed ce see Eaa iea aAA AEEA NEE A EAE EAA 1 Safety Precaution S ennn e A E E EEA E E A E eae 4 Precautions ON USO
107. a cuvette segment at this position on the reaction disk for the next time Select to rotate the reaction disk without loading unloading the current cuvette segment and the status of current cuvette segment will not be changed If this parameter is selected you have no need to do anything to the current cuvette segment Select to re test the background after unloading the current cuvette segment Ensure the current cuvette segment has been unloaded before selecting The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Replace After setting the parameters if you have selected Keep Cuvettes click this button to announce the analyzing unit to execute the replacing operation After setting the parameters if you have not selected Keep Cuvettes replace the cuvette segment manually and then click this button to announce the analyzing unit to execute the replacing operation Finish Click this button to finish replacing A CAUTION Ensure to place new cuvettes into the reaction disk when replacing cuvettes After replacing the cuvettes be sure to close the small window on the reaction disk otherwise the reaction temperature may be influenced When installing new reaction cuvettes make sure to place them steadily on the reaction disk 4 8 Relog If you need to log on the operating software with other username click this button to pop up the dialog box as shown in Figure 4 28 4 36 4 A
108. above mentioned requirements and has a proper fuse installed 2 2 3 Temperature and Humidity Requirements E Operating temperature 15 C 30 C fluctuation lt 2 C H E Relative humidity 35 RH 85 RH without condensation 2 2 2 Installation AN CAUTION Operating the system in an environment other than the specified may lead to unreliable test results If the temperature or relative humidity does not meet the above mentioned requirements be sure to use air conditioning equipment 2 2 4 Water Supply and Drain Requirements m The supplied water must meet requirements of the CAP Type II water with specific resistance no less than 0 5 M cm 25 C m The water temperature should be within 5 C 32 C A gt BIOHAZARD VW Dispose of waste liquids according to your local regulations A N CAUTION The supplied water must meet requirements of the CAP Type II water otherwise insufficiently purified water may result in misleading measurement 2 2 5 Space and Accessibility Requirements The system should be installed and used meeting the space and accessibility requirements as shown below Figure 2 1 Space and Accessibility Requirements Maximum of 2500 Minimum of 500 Minimum of 500 Minimum of 500 Minimum of 500 2 Installation 2 3 2 3 Connecting Deionized Water Tank A CAUTION When placing the deionized water tank ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform of the an
109. ack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 10070001SIW5 ISE unit result error SIP cycle error Dallas write 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 10070001URA5 10070001URB5 10070001URF5 10070001URM5 10070001URN5 10070001URR5 ISE unit result error Urine cycle error Air in calibrant A ISE unit result error Urine cycle error Air in calibrant B ISE unit result error Urine cycle error No flow ISE unit result error Urine cycle error ISE unit result error Urine cycle error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Urine cycle error Dallas read 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled co
110. al i l i l C7 C 2 n i l i l YOR CIHR b R a H din i l bA C n i l Calculating Nonlinear Calibration Parameters Logistic Log 4P 1 1 exp a bInC Calibration formula R R K This calibration method adopts four parameters R K a and b This calibration method requires at least four calibrators The concentration or activity of calibrator 1 is 0 and the corresponding R is equal to R 9 This calibration method is applied to the calibration curve that the response becomes smaller and smaller with the concentration increase See Figure 7 8 7 Calculation Methods 7 9 Figure 7 8 Logit Log 4P calibration curve R Cl c2 c3 c4 C Logistic Log 5P 1 Calibration formula R R K _ _ 1 exp a bInC cC This calibration method adopts five parameters R K a b and c This calibration method requires at least five calibrators The concentration or activity of calibrator 1 is 0 and the corresponding R is equal to R o The applications of the calibration method are the same with that of Logit Log 4P but this method has a higher fitting Exponential 5P Calibration formula R R K exp alnC b InC c inC This calibration method adopts five parameters R K a b and c This calibration method requires at least five calibrators The concentration or activity of calibrator 1 is 0 and the corresponding R is equal to R o This calibration method is ap
111. al position Then grab the handle or handwheel and pull the disk upward to remove it from the rotor A N CAUTION Make sure the disk cover is closed otherwise it may degrade the refrigeration and damage the probe Before running the analyzing unit make sure that the disk cover is closed properly Otherwise the probe may be damaged The sample reagent compartment and the sample reagent disk may be contaminated during measurement If samples spill in the compartment or on the disk wipe them with cloth soaked with water or disinfector after placing the Power to OFF 2 6 Installing Removing Sample Tubes 2 6 A N WARNING Before installing removing the sample tubes make sure the sample reagent disk and the probe have been stopped Do not use sample tubes other than the specified ones ao BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles To load sample tubes insert the tube into the tube holder until the bottom of the tube contacts the groove of the tube rack 2 Installation To remove sample tubes grab the tube and pull it upward to remove it from the tube holder 2 7 Installing Removing Sample Tube Rack A N WARNING Before installing removing the sample tube rack make sure the sample reagent disk and the probe have been stopped Do not use reagent bottles other than the specified BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles CAUTION Exercise caution while installing or rem
112. alog box where you can set the searching conditions For more information about the Conditions dialog box refer to Conditions in this section Click this button to pop up the Add Off system Tests dialog box where you can add off system test results to samples For more information about the Add Off system Tests dialog box refer to Add Off system Test Results in this section After selecting a sample click this button to pop up the Sample Information dialog box where you can view and edit the information of the selected sample For more information about the Sample Information dialog box refer to 4 1 1 Sample Information in this section This button is only available when you select View Results By Test After selecting a test click this button to pop up the Compensate Results dialog box where you can edit including Linear Transform and Calibration Transform the searched results of the selected test For more information about the Compensate Results dialog box refer to Compensate Results in this section 4 Advanced Operations 4 19 Button Function Edit After selecting a test click this button to pop up the Edit Results dialog box where you can edit the result of the selected test For more information about the Edit Results dialog box refer to Edit Results in this section Reac Curve After selecting a test click this button to pop up the Reaction Curve dialog box that displays the reaction curve of the sel
113. alyzer Ensure the deionized water pickup tube is not blocked bent or twisted Place the Power to OFF Connect the filter with the pickup tubes Refer to 5 5 2 Replacing Filter Assemby step 2 3 for instructions Put the pickup tubes and the sensor into the deionized water tank and then turn the cap of the deionized water tank clockwise A N CAUTION Make sure that the filter sink smoothly to the tank bottom and does not twist with the floater connecting rod Put the deionized water tank on an appropriate place Do not tip it Plug the red and the green connectors to their counterparts marked DEIONIZED WATER on the rear side of the analyzing unit and turn the connectors clockwise until secure Plug the sensor connector to its counterpart marked D SENSOR on the rear side of the analyzing unit and turn it clockwise until secure NOTE The tank should be cleaned every week Use brush to clean the tank walls if necessary Check for contamination and impurity on the tank walls and bottom after cleaning If the tank will not be used for a long time put it upside down to drain the water and then store it in dry and clean environment Clean it with water before reusing 2 Installation 2 4 Connecting Waste Tank BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles A N CAUTION When placing the waste tank ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform of the analyzer BR Ensure the w
114. an become steady only after a certain period of time because the reaction is complicated at the beginning and there are miscellaneous reactions due to the complex serum compositions Figure 7 5 Single reagent Kinetic Reaction Curve tl t2 t3 tn t As shown in Figure 7 5 t is the time when the reagent is added t is the time when the sample is added and the reaction starts when they are mixed From f the reaction becomes steady t is the time to stop monitoring the reaction t to t is the delay period and ft to t is the monitoring period during which the absorbance readings are taken Figure 7 6 Double reagent Kinetic Reaction Curve tl t2t3t4 tn t As shown in Figure 7 6 f is the time when the first reagent is added and f is the time when the sample is added and then they are mixed t is the time when the second reagent is added then the reaction starts when they are mixed At t the reaction reaches equilibrium and is the time to stop monitoring the reaction t to t is the delay period and to t is the monitoring period during which the absorbance readings are taken 7 2 Calculation Process The system adopts such a measurement and calculation flow as shown in Figure 7 7 7 4 7 Calculation Methods Figure 7 7 Calculation Process AD Value y Absorbance y Response Calibration Parameter y Test Result QC Result
115. ance It is available when the Prozone check is selected A N NOTE If the Factor is set be sure not to set calibration rule at the Calibration screen Otherwise the analyzer will run the calibration test to obtain calibration parameters rather than calculate them with the Factor 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons on the Parameters screen Button Function Add Click this button to add a new test Delete After selecting a test click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a test s Corresponding tests can t be requested after the deletion You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Click OK to delete the selected test click Cancel to abort the deletion OK After selecting a test and setting parameters for it click this button to save the setting Cancel After selecting a test and setting parameters for it click this button to cancel the setting 4 15 1 2 Reference Figure 4 62 Reference Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Off system Carryover Parameters Reference Calibration ac Male Serum __ 10 20 Year 1000 00 20000 00 Mae Serum fio 20 Year ooo 20000 Delete Add Delete OK 4 Advanced Operations 4 85 4 86 The following table explains the parameters on the Reference screen Parameter Gender Sample Type Age Low
116. ancel to abort the deletion Add Doctor After selecting a department from the department list click this button to add a new doctor to the selected department Delete Doctor After selecting a doctor in the doctor list click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a doctor s You cannot undo the deletion once it is done Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected doctor click Cancel to abort the deletion OK After modifying the hospital name department name or doctor information click this button to save the modification Cancel After modifying the hospital name department name or doctor information click this button to ignore the modification 4 16 3 User The User screen as shown in Figure 4 76 is where you can set user authority NOTE Only users of the administrator group can operate the screen 4 112 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 76 User Screen System Hospital User Print 1 Admin Editing deleting results 2 2 User group2 Change Test Paramete 3 3 3 User group3 Calibration Management _ Maintenance ae Group Administrator group SSS User Admin Doctor Password Group Administrator group Confirm Add User Add Group The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Authority Authorities of a user to use the analyzer Group Name of us
117. and reagent bottles other than the specified ones A N NOTE The refrigerator will be put into service once the Main Power is turned on 1 1 1 2 Dispenser The dispenser composed of a probe probe arm and rotor is used to aspirate certain amount of sample or reagent from the designated sample tube or reagent bottle and then dispense it into the specified reaction cuvette on the reaction disk After dispensing the sample or the reagent the probe moves to its wash well for cleaning Figure 1 4 Dispenser Ss a Probe Arm J Pai oy Probe Rotor aii p HA ash Well for Probe EA Sarmple reagent Probe E Sample volume 3ul 45ul in the increment of 0 5ul E Reagent volume 30ul 450ul in the increment of 1H The dispenser is capable of preheating the reagents detecting the sample reagent level tracking sample reagent level and protecting the probe against collision in the vertical direction 1 4 1 System Description AN WARNING When the analyzing unit is in operation do not place any part of your body or any obstacle in the route the arm moves Otherwise it may lead to personnel injury or equipment damage 1 1 1 3 Mixer Assembly The mixer assembly composed of a mixing bar arm and rotor is used to stir the reaction liquid samples and reagents in reaction cuvette so that the samples can react thoroughly with the reagents Figure 1 5 Mixer Assembly E For single reagent tests the mixing bar starts to
118. ank See 5 2 1Checking Remaining Deionized Water for details Check if the waste tank is empty If not empty the waste tank as directed by 5 2 2Emptying Waste Tank 3 2 2 Powering On Connect the power cord of the system to the socket and then switch on the powers in the sequence presented below a A OO N Place the Main Power to the ON position Place the Power to the ON position Turn on the monitor of the computer Turn on the computer Turn on the printer 3 2 3 Starting the Operating Software 1 After you have logged on the Windows operating system double click the shortcut icon of the operating software on the desktop or select the operating software program from Start to start up the operating software When started up the analyzer will check automatically the operation system and resolution of the screen turn off the screen saver check color configuration initialize the database and examine the printer If all checks are passed the following dialog box is displayed Enter the username and password and then click OK User Password Cancel A N NOTE The resolution of the screen must be 1024x768 The color configuration must be at least 8 bits The username of the system administrator is Admin which is same as the initial password Please note that the password is case sensitive You are recommended to change the password when logging in for the first time to prevent others
119. ar you can drag it left right or up down to see the hidden contents Controlt Control2 Control3 Control4 Control5 Control6 Control7 Controls Control9 Controlt0 Controll Controll Controlt3 Controli 4 E List 2008 06 21 2008 06 21 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 2008 09 06 Horizontal Scroll Ba Vertical Scroll Bar Alist displays the names of tests and profiles An example of a list is shown below Click a test to select it and click it again to deselect ALT GGT ALP AMY HDL LP A CREA UREA CAI LDHL LDL Idhp TBIL GLU TP AST ALB IGA DBIL CK TG UA MG APOAI H20 AMY S 1 System Description 1 11 m List tree A list tree shows the affiliation among options An example of a list tree is shown below Click to hide the subordinate options and becomes Click to expand the subordinate options and display their affiliation then turns to be If an option has no subordinate options there is no or to the left of the option ALTRI ALT_R2 CREA RI TBIL_RI TBIL_R2 GLU_RI GGT_RI GGT_R2 UREA RI UREA _R2 TPRI AST_RI AST_R2 TC_RI PR H ALB RI IGA RI IGA R2 ALP RI ALP R2 CA I_RI DBIL RI List Tree H E Slider
120. as expired 4 Advanced Operations 4 51 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Add Delete OK Cancel Function Click this button to add new calibrators to the Calibrators list After selecting a calibrator in the Calibrators list click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a calibrator s You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Some tests may not be calibrated after the deletion Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected calibrator click Cancel to abort the deletion Click this button to save modification to calibrator information Refer to the following text To Modify Calibrator Information for detailed operations Click this button to cancel modification to calibrator information Refer to the following text To Modify Calibrator Information for detailed operations To Modify Calibrator Information 1 Select a calibrator in the Calibrators list 2 If you don t need to modify the basic information of the selected calibrator proceed to the next step Otherwise modify the basic information in the Calibrator Information area 3 If you don t need to modify the concentration of the selected calibrator proceed to the next step Otherwise after selecting a test in the Tests list enter concentration in the Conc edit box 4 If you want to save the modification click OK 4 11 4 ISE The ISE screen
121. as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the lamp as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the ambient temperature is within acceptable range If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the ambient temperature is within acceptable range If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the test parameters and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 47 400000820001 400000830001 400000840001 400000850001 400000860001 400000870001 400000880001 400000910001 400000920001 400000930001 400000940001 400000950001 400000960001 400000970001 400000980001 6 48 Test result error No linear range found in Test result error Linearity of reaction curve of too weak Test result error Response of calculation er
122. assigned by the system accordingly It refers to times of the same sample run 1 is default which means once only Select a sample type from the drop down list box It includes Serum Plasma Urine and Other Barcode information of the selected sample When selected it means that the sample s currently requested are stat sample s When selected it refers to running a sample blank before starting analysis The system tests the mixed absorbance endpoint or the absorbance change rate non endpoint of the mixture of the sample and the distilled water instead of reagent Dilution mode There are three options None Auto and Manual None It means the sample will not be diluted before be analyzed Auto It means the analyzer automatically mixes specified amount of distilled water and sample in a clean cuvette and aspirates the diluted sample for reacting during analysis Manual It means you should dilute the sample manually and place it on the sample disk It refers to the amount of sample to be diluted It refers to the ratio at which the sample will be diluted It can be calculated using this formula Dilution ratio Diluted sample volume Original sample volume 4 Advanced Operations 4 3 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Details After selecting a sample from Samples click this button to pop up the Sample Information dialog box where you can check and edit the detai
123. aste tube is over the tank and not blocked bent or twisted A blocked bent or twisted waste tube may lead to wastewater overflow that may damage the analyzer 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Put the waste tube and sensor next to the waste tank cap into the waste tank then tighten the cap clockwise Set the waste tank on an appropriate place Connect the other end of the waste tube to its counterpart on the right panel of the analyzer marked WASTE Keep pressing the pin on the waste connector marked WASTE on the right side of the analyzing unit and grab the waste tap and insert it to the connector 5 Plug the sensor connector to its counterpart marked W SENSOR on the right side of the analyzing unit and turn it clockwise until secure 2 5 Installing Removing Sample Reagent Disk A N WARNING Before installing removing the sample reagent disk make sure the Power is placed to OFF and the sample reagent disk has been stopped AD BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles 2 Installation 2 5 Figure 2 2 Sample Reagent Disk Tube Holder To install the sample reagent disk keep the handle at the vertical position align the hole of the handwheel to the pin of the rotor gently lower the sample reagent disk all the way down and move the handle back to the horizontal position to secure the disk to the rotor To remove the sample reagent disk first shift the handle from the horizontal position to the vertic
124. be correct Mindray shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this manual Mindray is responsible for the effects on safety reliability and performance of this product only if E all installation operations expansions changes modifications and repairs of this product are conducted by Mindray authorized personnel E the electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the applicable national and local requirements and m the product is used in accordance with the instructions for use A N WARNING It is important for the hospital or organization that employs this equipment to carry out a reasonable service maintenance plan Neglect of this may result in machine breakdown or personal injury A N NOTE This equipment must be operated by skilled trained clinical professionals Warranty THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE Exemptions Mindray s obligation or liability under this warranty does not include any transportation or other charges or liability for direct indirect or consequential damages or delay resulting from the improper use or application of the product or the use of parts or accessories not approved by Mindray or repairs by people other than Mindray authorized personnel
125. cal path The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Startup Check Recover Wash Enhanced Dark Current Reset ISE Function Click this button to perform startup check again after alignment or the connection between the analyzing unit and the operation unit failed When failure occurs click this button to try to recover the analyzer to normal state Click this button to wash the probe and the mixing bar with deionized water Click this button to wash the probe and the mixing bar with a wash solution Click this button to test the dark current and display the results Click this button to reset all mechanical parts of the analyzer The ISE screen where you can view status of and align ISE components include the following two m Daily Maint m Maint Record 4 Advanced Operations 4 119 The following sections introduce the ISE screen by subtab 4 17 2 1 Daily Maintenance 4 120 The Daily Maint screen as shown in Figure 4 80 is where you can view status of reagent module and maintain the ISE module Figure 4 80 Daily Maint Screen Daily Maint Daily Maint Maint Record Exp Date Volume Lot No Install Date Inventory Reagent Module Information E Purge A i Purge B i Pump Cal i siz Calibration fs Clean Log Import Export Alignment Maintenance __ Search Bubble Cal Purge Comb a Recover The following table explains
126. cccecheosceees EE di cess bhutetaathedieeeal EAA 5 15 5 4 1 Cleaning Wash Well of Probe eee eeeneeeeeeneeeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeaas 5 15 5 4 2 Cleaning Wash Well of Mixing Bar 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeeaas 5 15 Contents III 5 5 Six month Maintenance ccccccceecccccceseseeeccesueeeceeeeeeeuaueesessauaeeeeeeseuauaeeeevanes 5 16 5 5 1 Washing Dust SCreen eceeceeneeeeeeenneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 5 16 5 5 2 Replacing Filter Assemby 0 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeneeeeeeaes 5 17 9 6 Irregular Maintenance 3 cer chutes ates eet Ades dele acne Latent eee 5 18 S61 Unclogging Probe sssrini teoriir aeri oi ar eel edible 5 18 5602 Replacing Probe orere aana aaan EREA RA AANE eth cashew i ar aa Ei 5 23 5 6 3 Replacing Mixing Bar sssisesrresrrrsesssnnnsrnrassrsnrasninsestennnasnanaantennaanna 5 23 5 6 4 Replacing Plunger Assembly of Syringe eeeeeeeeeeseereseerrresererssene 5 25 5 6 5 Removing Air Bubbles 0 0 0 eee recent eee eeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeneaes 5 27 5 0 0 Replacing Lamp araras sg ch e te Agaeteneiss ae E a A Staaten gers 5 28 5 6 7 Replacing ISE Components Optional cc ccceeseeeeeeseeeeeesteeeeeenaes 5 31 5 7 Maintenance Log Sheets irrien erana SEAN EEA NAAR ASEA AeA 5 32 6 Troubleshooting s sssssunnnenunnonnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nna 6 1
127. ce Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 31 100680220095 100680220105 100680220115 100680230005 100680240005 100680250005 100680260005 100681250005 100681270005 100690010005 100690020005 100690030005 100690040005 100690040015 100690040025 100690040035 100690050005 100690060005 100690070005 6 32 Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Sample disk or reaction disk is rotating Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Disabled Sample unit result error Sample probe vertical movement error Keep collision Sample unit result Undefined operation of this unit error simple Sample unit result error Wrong simple operation parameter Sample unit result error Tube position error Sample unit result error Parameter write protection of this unit Sample unit result error Main unit sending error Sample unit result error Main unit does not receive the sample unit result Reagent unit result error Command error Reagent unit result error Self check error Reagent unit result error Mechanical resetting error Reagent unit result error Status error Self check Reagent unit result error Status error Error Reagent unit result error Status error Waiting for handshake R
128. ch the plunger button to gently pull the plunger assembly from the syringe Syringe Connector Srni Plunger Guid Cap u Plunger Rod Plunger Button 8 Pinch the new plunger assembly by the plunger button and carefully insert the plunger tip into the syringe and push it all the way to the end Screw clockwise the plunger guide cap until secure 9 Immerse the syringe connector into deionized water Pinch the plunger button pull it to aspirate half syringe of deionized water and then push it to expel the deionized water and the air from the syringe 10 Grab the Tee with one hand and the syringe connector with the other hand Screw clockwise the syringe into the Tee until secure 11 Place the syringe on the holder Install space bars and fix retaining screws A N CAUTION The upper edge of the upper space bar must reach the seventh line of the scale on the syringe When fixing retaining screws be sure to tighten them alternately with equilibrium force 12 Screw clockwise the lower retaining screw until secure 13 Place the Power back to ON 14 Enter the Alignment screen of the operating software and set the Vol R Syringe to 450ul Click R Syringe Aspirate After the syringe finishes the motion click R Syringe Dispense You may repeat this action several times Refer to 4 17 5Alignment for details Pay attention to bubbles during the aspiration dispensing process If there are bubbles observed during the process the
129. chanical parts as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 25 100660100000 100660110000 100660120000 100660130000 100660140000 100660150000 100660160000 100661250000 100661270000 100670010005 100670020005 100670030005 100670040005 100670040015 100670040025 100670040035 100670050005 100670060005 6 26 Temperature unit result error Undefined sensor parameter Temperature unit result error Wrong sensor parameter Temperature unit result error Undefined target temperature Temperature unit result error temperature parameter Wrong target Temperature unit result error Undefined system operation Temperature unit result error operation parameter Wrong system Temperature unit res
130. cissctecsiesateteaeiacd A 3 5 3 2 5 Preparing Reagents aneirin A R A ATOR 3 6 3 3 Starling ANAYSSI S areire rerin ii stad ecenenndeeetcnnbesshanndsedhe cng ANAREN ENAA R AEAN AEREE AAR erii 3 6 3 3 1 Programming Reagent Blank eseesseessirceseerrierirrnisrernadrinnsenernaetrinnderenaa 3 6 3 3 2 Programming Calibrators serseri iE EAEE 3 7 3 3 3 Programming Controls een eere ine EEEE EAEE TE 3 7 3 3 4 Programming Samples ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeneeeaeeeeeeaees 3 7 34 Processing ROSuItS cccsccigeetneievetenececttneleee cht eedodehdenedeettdnaeved rirdi ien E 3 8 3 41 Editing Test R sultS oerni E miei 3 8 3 4 2 Printing Test Results assier cere taaietieeveeel ee ddeeeideeeeieniiee 3 8 3 5 JFinishing AnalysiS c ccsieee inci ete cei earn nari 3 8 3 5 1 Exiting the Operating Software ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenaees 3 8 3092 Powering Off v cccniecotiieneceb dante dae Manin iei ia adita 3 8 3 5 3 Operations after Powering Off 0 0 eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeetenaeeeeeeaaees 3 9 Advanced Operations isinisisi iaiaaeaia a iaaa aa ha iniiaiee a aaau eaaa iadaaa Ea 4 1 4s Sample RCQUCSUsceseiectisiccset izeccte hea shesaahd sduee sedaeeeed create aa a aa Meats 4 1 4 1 1 Sample Information cccceccecececece aei aa ae e a Ea EEA eE ai 4 4 4 1 2 Delete a Sample mii iiei eriein rini erdian ankeri da teet diarii 4 7 4 1 3 Change Position sit siscti atti ie ati a ae eee 4 8
131. ck Search to pop up the Conditions dialog box as shown in Figure 4 16 where you can enter the conditions to search the results you want 4 20 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 16 Conditions Dialog Box Sample ID SE Name FO Gender Po STAT Test o ZT Age Year MRN P Admission No o Bed No FO Department ie Sample Type gt l SF Zone No Tt Bar Code o SS No PO a Search Cancel The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box The parameters of this dialog box constitute the searching conditions Void means the parameter is exclusive Parameter Description Date Time Select date and time when samples are analyzed The first drop down list box is start date and the second is end date Sample ID Enter the No of samples you want to search The first edit box is start No and the second is end No Name Name of the patient Gender Gender of the patient STAT Whether the sample results to be searched are STAT or not Test Name of the test Age Age of the patients You must select the unit of the age MRN Medical record number of the patient The first edit box is start No and the second is end No 4 Advanced Operations 4 21 Parameter Description Admission Admission No ofthe patients ne The first edit box is start No and the second is end No Bed No Bed No of the patients The first edit box is start No and the second is end No Department The department by which
132. ck firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 10070001PMW5 10070001SEA5 10070001SEF5 10070001SEM5 10070001SEN5 10070001SER5 10070001SES5 10070001SET5 ISE unit result error Pump calibration cycle error Dallas write ISE unit result error Serum cycle error Air in calibrant A ISE unit result error Serum cycle error No flow ISE unit result error Serum cycle error ISE unit result error Serum cycle error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Serum cycle error Dallas read ISE unit result error Serum cycle error Air in sample ISE unit result error Serum cycle error Invalid command 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen o
133. cleaning solution The cleaning solution must be stored at 2 8 C and discarded after two weeks NOTE The maintenance is necessary to be performed when the ISE unit optional is connected You should perform the maintenance once a day after all the samples are analyzed Besides if the samples of a day requested for the ISE tests are 50 or more you should perform the maintenance after 50 samples are analyzed If you give the electrodes some time to stabilize after cleaning you will experience slightly better performance Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software Select the Daily Maint tab Click the Clean button and a dialog box will pop up to remind you to put ISE cleaning solution to the position 37 on the Sample Reagent Disk Click the OK button After cleaning if there are samples requested for the ISE tests to be run calibration should be run first But We recommend running an ISE calibration after cleaning 5 Service and Maintenance ISE unit daily cleaning can be configured to operate automatically See 4 16 1 2ISE for details 5 2 8 2 Pump Calibration 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software 2 Select the Daily Maint tab 3 Click the Pump Cal button Pump Calibration can be configurated to operate automatically See 4 16 1 2ISE for details 5 3 Weekly Maintenance 5 3 1 Cleaning Probe i WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To p
134. d T CAUTION Exercise caution when disconnecting the connector Excessive force may damage the connector and or the circuit board Use a slotted head screwdriver to remove the retaining screw on the probe and take out the spring 5 Service and Maintenance 5 19 WARNING Store the removed probe in a safe place where it will neither endanger people working around the area nor be damaged T NOTE Exercise caution when pulling the probe away from the arm Slowly pull the probe away from the probe arm Exercise caution so that the gasket inside the probe does not drop out and if it does store it in a clean place for later installation NOTE A bent or damaged probe will lead to unreliable test results and should be replaced immediately 5 6 1 2 Unclogging Probe i WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe SO BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of the used needle in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal 1 Use a needle to unclog the probe from the tip CAUTION A bent or damaged probe will lead to unreliable test results and should be replaced immediately 5 20 5 Service and Maintenance 5 6 1 3 Installing Probe i WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe
135. d DEIONIZED WATER on the analyzer and their counterparts If no leakage occurs skip to step 4 If you see leaks wipe off the water with clean gauze and proceed to the next step Check whether the connectors are loose If not proceed to the next step If yes unscrew the connector counter clockwise to remove it and then screw it back on Check the connections between the pickup tubes and their connectors If no leakage occurs proceed to the next step If you see leaks wipe off the water with clean gauze and tighten the connections and proceed to the next step Check the connection between the pickup tube and the tank cap If you see leaks wipe off the water with clean gauze and tighten the pickup tube Check the connection between the pickup tube and the filter If you see leaks wipe off the water with clean gauze and tighten the pickup tube 5 Service and Maintenance AN NOTE If leakage remains after the above operations are finished please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 5 2 4 Checking Connection of Waste Water AS BIOHAZARD SK Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal A N CAUTION When placing the waste tank ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed Ensure the waste tube is over the tank and not block
136. d Do you want to continue OK Cancel Click OK to refresh and display the latest statistical results click Cancel to abort refreshing Search Click this button to pop up the Conditions dialog box where you can set the searching conditions and search the qualified results For more information about the Conditions dialog box refer to the following text Conditions OK Click this button to save settings of test cost and price Refer to the following text To Set Cost and Price for detailed operations Cancel Click this button to cancel settings of test cost and price Refer to the following text To Set Cost and Price for detailed operations Print Click this button to print the statistical results Conditions At the Charges screen click Search to pop up the Conditions dialog box as shown in Figure 4 60 where you can search the charges information that meets the conditions Figure 4 60 Conditions Dialog Box Date 19 2007 6 19 2007 Test ALT a OK Cancel 4 80 4 Advanced Operations The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Date Date of sample runs that you want to search The first drop down list box is start time and the second one is end time Test Test you want to search The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to search for charges information that meets the conditi
137. d by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100680210045 100680210055 100680210065 100680220005 100680220015 100680220025 100680220035 100680220045 100680220055 100680220065 100680220075
138. dapter inlet 3 Connect the new filter assembly to the tubes of the cap assembly Small adapter Connect small tube Big adaper Connect big tube 5 Service and Maintenance 5 17 Expel air from the filter assemby 1 Connect the DI water tank assembly to the analyzer pay attention to the color of the adapters Put the assembly into the water tank and make sure that the filter sink smoothly to the tank bottom and does not twist with the floater connecting rod Tighten the cap of the DI water until secure 2 Place the Main Power and Power of the analyzer to ON Turn on the computer and start the operating software 3 Reset 10 times click Maintenance and then select Alignment click Reset to expel the air in the filter assemby and the tubes ey eT 2008 06 05 19 35 26 V aa n Status Statistics lt Log Import Export ain Unit poeem z Handshake Reset FF Status tus Syringe Statu Shut Down sult Temperature Reset it Target Temp 1 1 4 Check for large amount of buubles in the outlet tube If yes continue the resetting process if not the air expelling is completed The installation is completed 5 6 Irregular Maintenance 5 6 1 Unclogging Probe When the probe is clogged the fluid flow will become abnormal Follow the steps given below to remove unclog and install the probe 5 6 1 1 Removing Probe WARNING T
139. de 3 000 samples Reference Electrode 10 000 samples A N NOTE Because the electrodes must be installed sequentially you have to take out the electrode to be replaced and those or that over it from above to below Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software Select the Daily Maint tab Click the Maintenance button A O N gt Replace the electrodes please refer to the 2 10 2Installing Removing Electrodes 5 Click Purge A button and if no error occurs during the process it means the electrode is replaced successfully 5 7 Maintenance Log Sheets The following table lists the parts to be maintained and the maintenance schedules Please copy it every month and place a check mark in each day column for the maintenance items in the list after performing maintenance 5 32 5 Service and Maintenance Month Year Maintenance Record Daily Maintenance 128 4 5 6 Z 8 9 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 380 31 1 Checking Syringe 2 Checking Probe 3 Checking Mixing Bar 4 Checking Connection of Deionized Water 5 Checking Connection of Wastewater 6 Checking Remaining Deionized Water 7 Emptying Waste Tank Weekly Maintenance 1 2 B 45 6 Z B8 9 A0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 B0 1 1 Cleaning Probe 2 Cleaning Mixing Bar 3 Washing DI Water Tank 4 Washing Waste Tank 5 Clean Panel o
140. de system performance NOTE Generally after the replacement of any of the following components several ISE calibrations should be run before ISE Unit become stable 5 6 7 1 Replacing Reagent Pack 1 Place the POWER to OFF Open the ISE unit door Remove and install a new reagent module Refer to 2 10 1Installing Removing Reagent Pack Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software Select the Daily Maint tab Enter digit 25 in the blank on the right of the button Purge Comb then Click it Click Purge A and Purge B button to check whether the initialization of the Reagent Pack is finished If no error occurs during the process the Reagent Pack is replaced successfully 5 6 7 2 Replacing Electrodes WARNING Before performing the replacement make sure the analyzer is powered off If you run no more than 100 samples requested for the ISE tests a day replace the electrodes according to the following recommended schedule Na Electrode 6 months K Electrode 6months Cl Electrode 6months _ _ sis Li Electrode 6months _ sif Reference Electrode 6monts _ sis 5 Service and Maintenance 5 31 If you run more than 100 samples requested for the ISE tests a day replace the electrodes according to the following recommended schedule Na Electrode 10 000 samples K Electrode 10 000 samples Cl Electrode 10 000 samples Li Electro
141. defined simple operation Mixing unit result error Wrong simple operation parameter Mixing unit result error Main unit sending error Mixing unit result error Main unit does not receive the mixing unit result Sample unit result error Command error Sample unit result error Self check error Sample unit result error Mechanical resetting error Sample unit result error Status error Self check Sample unit result error Status error Error Sample unit result error Status error Waiting for handshake Sample unit result error Status error Shutdown Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Depar
142. dinnnsitnaastenuasnindestennnadnanaadaannaananae 2 5 2 5 Installing Removing Sample Reagent Disk eccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaas 2 5 2 6 Installing Removing Sample TUDES 00 cc eeeceeteee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeetaeeeeenenaeeeeeeaas 2 6 2 7 Installing Removing Sample Tube Rack ecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 2 7 2 8 Installing Removing Reagent Bottles ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeenenas 2 8 2 9 Installing ReMoving Cuvettes oe eee ee enteeeeeeneeeeeetaeeeeeetaeeeeeeaeeeenenaeeeeeeaas 2 8 2 10 Installing Removing ISE Components Optional cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 2 9 2 10 1 Installing Removing Reagent Pack ccc ceeseeeeeeseeeeeeenteeeeeenteeeeeeeaas 2 9 2 10 2 Installing Removing Electrodes 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeneeeeeeaaes 2 11 3 Basic Operations is iccssccccc a r aea ea aa a a r apean aae re a ae era lent aa aaaea deae taitaia 3 1 3 1 General Operating Procedure ccccceeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeteceneaeeeeeeeeeseseceneneeeeeeeetees 3 2 a2 Preparing TOr AnalySis aea eaaa AE AEREE AAAA ERRIRE ARRA EO AKAAERE ERIRE R ATE 3 3 3 2 1 Checking before Powering ON ssssssssssrrserrsirnresrreeirrnnniinnnennrnnenennnaainnas 3 3 E PARE POWERING ETEA TEE EEE E O A 3 4 Contents l II 3 2 3 Starting the Operating Software ecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeteeneeeeeeenaees 3 4 3 2 4 Setting Up the AnalyZen iztc
143. dispensing and Reagent Disk for reagent aspiration dispensing Foreword 3 Safety Precautions Observe the following safety precautions when using the Chemistry Analyzer Ignoring any of these safety precautions may lead to personal injury or equipment damage A N WARNING If the system is used in a manner not specified by our company the protection provided by the system may be impaired Preventing Electric Shock Please observe the following instructions to prevent electric shock AN WARNING When the Main Power is on you must not open the rear cover or side cover Spillage of reagent or sample on the analyzer may cause equipment failure and even electric shock Do not place sample and reagent on the analyzer In case of spillage switch off the power immediately remove the spillage and contact our customer service department or your local distributor Preventing Personal Injury Caused by Moving Parts Please observe the following instructions to prevent personal injury caused by moving parts A N WARNING Do not touch such moving parts as sample probe and mixer when the system is in operation Do not put your finger or hand into any open part when the system is in operation 4 Foreword Preventing Personal Injury Caused by Photometer Lamp Please observe the following instructions to prevent personal injury caused by photometer lamp A WARNING Light sent by the photometer lamp may hurt your eyes
144. dvanced Operations Figure 4 28 Confirm Dialog Box 5 Log out current user and log in with other user ID Requested tests won t be affected and tests in process will also be proceeded However you can t operate the interface before re logging in Do you want to continue The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button OK Cancel 4 9 Exit Function Click this button to pop up the dialog box to enter the username and password and then you can log on as the user Click this button to cancel relogging Click Exit to pop up the dialog box as shown in Figure 4 29 Figure 4 29 Confirm Dialog Box 6 You have chosen to exit the control software All the unfinished tests will be invalidated Do you want to continue The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button OK Function Click this button to prepare for exiting the operating software and pop up the dialog box as shown in Figure 4 29 Then you can operate according to the dialog box and following ones until exiting the operating software 4 Advanced Operations 4 37 Button Function Cancel Click this button to cancel exiting Figure 4 30 Shutdown Dialog Box Please place detergent at position 35 of reagent disk Then click OK to start enhanced washing or click Next to skip to routine wash If you want to cease the startup click the Stop button 4 10Reagent Click Rea
145. e Absorbance 16900 14200 13300 12400 11500 10600 sooo 3 15100 c a in 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 3 4 42 4 4 4 50 52 Period Refresh The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box 4 28 Reac Data Delete Print Previous Next 4 Advanced Operations Close Button Function Refresh Click this button to refresh the current reaction curve Reac Data Click this button to pop up a dialog box to display the reaction data of current curve Click Print to print the reaction data Perio Pri __Pri Abs _ Sec _Sec Abs Abs Ditt a aS 0 340nm 0 000000 1 340nm 0 000000 2 340nm 0 000000 3 340nm 0 000000 4 340nm 0 000000 5 340nm 0 000000 6 340nm 0 000000 7 340nm 0 000000 8 340nm 0 000000 9 340nm 0 000000 10 340nm 0 000000 340nm 0 000000 12 340nm 0 000000 13 340nm 0 000000 14 340nm 0 000000 15 340nm 0 000000 16 340nm 0 000000 17 340nm 0 000000 H Print Close Delete Click this button to pop up the dialog box as shown below You have chosen to delete the test results You cannot undo the deletion Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected test click Cancel to abort the deletion Print Click this button to print the current reaction curve Previous Click this button to display the reaction
146. e Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor If this error occurs once more exit the operating software then connect the mouse again and re start the operation unit Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 400000210009 400000220009 400000230009 400000250000 400000260008 400000270000 400000280000 400000290000 400000300000 400000310008 400000320008 Operating software error Database error Operating software error Database connection error Operating software error Database is read only Operating software error Database searching error Operating software error Database updating error d Operating software error Database connection missing Operating software error Database backing up error Operating software error Database importing error Operating software error Database exporting error Operating software error Serial port startup error Operating software error Serial port initialization error 6 Troubleshooting Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Depar
147. e dialog box as shown in Figure 4 11 Figure 4 11 Confirm Dialog Box 3 You have chosen to stop the analysis All the unfinished tests will be invalidated You can resume the tests by selecting Start Cancel The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to stop current analysis Cancel Click this button to cancel stopping 4 Advanced Operations 4 15 A N CAUTION We recommend this stop function not be used unless it is necessary for instance the analyzer is experiencing problems After the analyzer is stopped all the tests that have not been finished will be invalidated However you can continue the requested tests that have not been finished by clicking the Start button 4 6 Results Click Results to enter the Results screen where you can view and process current or historical sample results The Results screen includes two tabs Current and History The former displays the results of current day since the startup and the latter displays the historical test results before the current day On the Current and History screens you can view test results by sample or by test 4 6 1 Current Results 4 16 Select Current to enter the Current screen as shown in Figure 4 12 where you can view and edit current test results Figure 4 12 Current Screen Current History r View Results By Sample C By Test MAEAEA Sa Po
148. e e ew Name Position inventory Estimated m Calibra 9 S1 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul CK AMY LDHL TG UA O RANDO 9 S2 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul O IGA 1 83 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul HDL LDL MG APOAI LP A O IGA 1 84 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul o IGA3 1 55 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul ela nee ctl o iga4 1 S6 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul E IGAS 2 85 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul O HSL LDL 10 3 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul O apoa 10 84 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul E apoa2 10 S5 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul E APOA3 10 S6 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul O apPoa4 10 S7 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul o Ipat 9 83 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul O Ipa2 9 S4 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul o Ipa3 9 S5 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul o ipa 9 S6 6380 6 ul 0 0 ul Change Position CAUTION You need to run the calibration again when you change reagent lots test parameters lamp or other analysis conditions The reagent blank is vital to obtaining correct analysis results The blank results can assist in determining whether the reagents have expired or whether the reaction background should be deducted and in eliminating the absorbance changes caused by the reagents themselves We recommend the reagent blank be run on a daily base The analyzer will use the result of the previous reagent blank run for double reagent tests that use endpoint method if no new reagent blank result is available NOTE In the Tests field different background colors of the test refer to different meanings Blue means the test is selected White means the test is selectable Gray means the test is unselectable and if the po
149. e not requested this time will be invalidated no matter the tests which have been requested for the sample have been run or not 4 1 1 Sample Information At the Sample Request screen select a sample and click Details to pop up the Sample Information dialog box as shown in Figure 4 2 where you can check and edit the detailed information of the sample 4 4 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 2 Sample Information Dialog Box Sample Information i Sample ID Replicates Sent From Tested In Charact Samp Time Patient Birth Date Gender Treated In Zone No Bed No Type Serum 7 Position fi s8 Tested By Blood Type ra a 20071023 19 33 SendDate 20071023 1933 2007 10 23 Birth Time 19 33 03 fo MN Treated By Bar Code SS No r Diagnosis m z fo Adi No Po m H Set Defaults No of sample disk where the sample locates Previous Close The following table explains the parameters of the Sample Information dialog box Parameter Sample ID Type Replicates Position Sent From Sent By Tested In Tested By Charact Description No of the sample It cannot be edited It includes Serum Plasma Urine and Other It refers to times of sample run It cannot be edited The first edit box is No of virtual sample disk and the second is the sample position Both of them cannot be edited Department to which the sender belongs
150. e screen Parameter Description Test Name of the calculation test Test No No of the calculation test It cannot be edited Standard No Standard No of the calculation test It can be void Precision It refers to number of decimal places the calculation test result should have Full Name Full name of the calculation test It can be void Unit Unit of the calculation test result The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function 0 9 Click these buttons to enter numbers in the formula Click these buttons to enter and symbols in the formula Click these buttons to enter the decimal point and in the formula Clear Click this button to remove the current formula Add to Selecta test in the above box and then click this button to add it Formula to the formula Add Click this button to add a new calculation test 4 Advanced Operations 4 95 Button Function Delete After selecting a test click this button to pop up the confirm dialog box Click OK to delete the selected test click Cancel to abort the deletion OK Click this button to save settings of the parameters and formula Refer to the following text To Set Calculation Test for detailed operations Cancel Click this button to ignore settings of the parameters and formula Refer to the following text To Set Calculation Test for detailed operations To Set Calculation Test Select a calculation test Set the para
151. e ston e a a aa a T a aa a E aa 7 1 System DeSCription ccccccccsscceseeeeeseeeeesesesneeenseeeeseaeseseeeeeseeeeeeesesnaesasneeeneeeessaeseseeaeenes 1 1 Ad Hardware ntroductlonssictiejceed a a aa deaetd aaa a a eat 1 1 Tite Anay Unit a3 scala ieee aetna anid E 1 1 1 12 Operation Unitins ra ale ee eee oe 1 8 1351 37 Output nities veins scot aki pes af ctidiet nett eat Matec acento eds netted tes 1 8 1 2 Software Introduction seeria A T R 1 8 tat Sotware Merna E ooie E AEE 1 8 1 2 2 Sereen Elements maian ea a aaa a a a a 1 9 2 installalo wii se cceseccdtace see edocs cteteeceascdessasce ede Spani arria aae S EEn a Ri ii aa R 2 1 2 1 UNPaCkinG E A O E PAT E AE E E Aes 2 1 2 2 Installation Requirements ccccccccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeesecsneaeeeeeeeeesecsinaneeeees 2 1 2 2 1 Environmental Requirement cececeeceececeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeseesenaeeeeess 2 2 2 2 2 Power ReguirementS osei aara aaaea e a a aE nEaN E ata 2 2 2 2 3 Temperature and Humidity Requirements cccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 2 2 2 2 4 Water Supply and Drain Requirements cee ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 3 2 2 5 Space and Accessibility Requirements cceceeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeestneeeeeees 2 3 2 3 Connecting Deionized Water Tank sseseeessseeesserrssterissttrrssttrnsstrrssttrnssttrrnssreens 2 4 2 4 Connecting Waste Jank eesseesesssiiserisserrisrirrnes
152. e wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 10070001COM5 10070001CON5 10070001CORS5 10070001COT5 10070001COWS 10070001DAM5 10070001DAN5 10070001DAR5 10070001DAT5 10070001DAW5 ISE unit result error Communication error ISE unit result error Communication error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Communication error Dallas read ISE unit result error Communication error Invalid command ISE unit result error Communication error Dallas write ISE unit result error Dallas cycle error ISE unit result error Dallas cycle error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Dallas cycle error Dallas read ISE unit result error Dallas cycle error Invalid command ISE unit result error Dallas cycle error Dallas write Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack ha
153. eaction Disk ccc E E T ATE 4 72 4 14 SlalISUCS 22 20 fase an eel eae ele ee ae 4 73 4 14 10 WOE Eonar EAn chin wih ade adhih dae ead shed 4 73 AAA 2 WRESUItS eesti a E EE T aa ae ee 4 74 ATAS Woro oee A RR 4 76 A144 GHIGO oea TA N TRR 4 79 4 15 Parameters eeni ae ee ed 4 81 AVON TESE cctests tees obh ctetd aA bith cate beech E 4 81 ANNO NSE de escbeect te hedecentiat ei lin bitaete ch te ber detent E a R 4 92 4 19 39 PrE ae aE a oh serie ahi en intitle iets 4 93 4 154 gt Calculation csnuccsei dirt edt ened ii 4 94 41925 lt OM SVStOM vivaiseeet segs E exes hich Se E EP E E E stave teeta ceie 4 96 4 19 6 _ Carryover nice ee i AAEN AENEA EEEE 4 98 4 16 DOUUP TEE T sa ceciehdad utes chencns dtatenedbheaeehactaeantac A 4 99 4 16 51 SYSE eiaa aa teed ie Stee Aeneas 4 100 416 2 Hospitalo ani el ei a ee 4 111 ANG Use ine ect ei oe cre ete aire et inte saree ah 4 112 416 4 OPrintnsin cite cotinine enti eed 4 115 4 17 Maintenance oein O Eaa eddie ade eerie ices 4 118 4 17 1 Daily Maintenance 0 000 eceeeeee cence ee eeeeeeeeteeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeenaeees 4 118 BVh 2 NSE T A T T E ieee ena wen oe 4 119 41 53 ROG PEE EE Ad ws ae as hea ates Aaa 4 122 AITA MPOFUEXPOMt izceck ah aa aa aae tea cebaed ab achals be beh aeset 4 125 AAG AlIGMIMGN 3c catecatoteees on a aa betes lee arent ite 4 128 Service and Maintenance cccsccccsecseeeeeeeeeeseeeseseeeeneeeeseeeseseaeeeneeeeseeesesnaesesenensneeeeas 5 1 5 1 Pr parat
154. eagent unit result error Status error Shutdown Reagent unit result error Unit busy No response Reagent unit result error Undefined speed Reagent unit result error Wrong speed parameter If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Departm
155. ected test For more information about the Reaction Curve dialog box refer to Reaction Curve in this section Delete After selecting a test click this button to pop up the Delete dialog box where you can delete relevant results For more information about the Delete dialog box refer to Delete Results in this section Default After selecting a test that has replicate or rerun results click this button to pop up the Set Defaults dialog box where you can set the selected test result as default to be printed For more information about the Set Defaults dialog box refer to Default in this section Print After selecting a test click this button to pop up the Print dialog box where you can print relevant results For more information about the Print dialog box refer to Print Results in this section Trend Curve This button is only available when you select View Results By Test After selecting a test click this button to pop up the Result Trend Curve dialog box where you can view the result trend curve of the selected test For more information about the Result Trend Curve dialog box refer to Result Trend Curve in this section Send After selecting a test result click this button to pop up the Send Test Results dialog box where you can send test results to LIS host For more information about the Send Test Results dialog box refer to Send Results in this section 4 6 2 1 Conditions At the History screen cli
156. ectrode to inspect the O rings Replace the Reagent Pack and retest Replace reference electrode Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Remove the electrode to inspect the O rings Replace the Reagent Pack and retest Remove electrode tap to dislodge bubble reinstall and recalibrate Replace reference electrode Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 Remove electrode tap to dislodge bubble reinstall and recalibrate 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 21 100640060007 100640070007 100640080007 100640090007 100640100007 100640110007 100640120007 100640130007 100640140007 100640150007 100640150017 100640150027 100640150037 100640160007 100640170007 100640180006 100640190007 100640200007 100640210007 100640220007 100640230007 100640240007 6 22 Main unit result
157. ed bent or twisted A blocked bent or twisted waste tube may lead to wastewater overflow that may damage the analyzer 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Check the connections between connector marked WASTE on the analyzing unit and its counterpart If no leakage occurs proceed to the next step If you see leaks wipe off the water with clean gauze and then reconnect the waste tube 3 Check the connection between the waste tube and the connector If no leakage occurs proceed to the next step If you see leaks wipe them off with clean gauze and tighten the waste tube 4 Check the connection between the waste tube and the waste tank cap If you see leaks wipe them off with clean gauze and tighten the waste tube AN NOTE If leakage remains after the above operations are finished please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 5 2 5 Checking Syringe A WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe 5 Service and Maintenance 5 5 AS BIOHAZARD SK Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Figure 5 1 Syringe 2 5 6 Place the Power to OFF Unscrew the screws on the syringe cover and remove the cover The structure of the syringe is as shown in the figure below Plunger Guide Cap ial oef 1 ei HOE Check whether the T piece leaks If no leakage occurs proceed to the next step
158. ed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge B button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly U N gt O N Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 11 10070001GBW5 10070001PMA5 10070001PMF5 10070001PMM5 10070001PMN5 10070001PMP5 10070001PMQ5 10070001PMR5 10070001PMT5 6 12 ISE unit result error Purge B cycle error Dallas write ISE unit result error Pump calibration cycle error Air in calibrant A ISE unit result error Pump calibration cycle error No flow ISE unit result
159. ed operations To Modify Control Information 1 Select a control in the Controls list 2 If you don t need to modify the basic information of the selected control proceed to the next step Otherwise modify the basic information in the Control Information area 3 If you don t need to modify the concentration and SD of the selected control proceed to the next step Otherwise after selecting a test in the Tests list enter concentration in the Conc edit box and SD in the SD edit box You can repeat this step 4 If you want to save the modification click OK otherwise click Cancel 4 12 5 QC Summary The screen of QC Summary is shown as figure 4 48 It is used to check the result statistic of the QC tests 4 Advanced Operations 4 63 4 64 Figure 4 48 QC Summary Real time Daily QC Day to Day QC QC Sum Control Test Result Date 2007 10 1 Control RANDOX2 C Test Statistics 2007 10 29 x 4 Advanced Operations Test Actual Result Unit RequestDate Ref Range Commens Po Ft 2007 10 25 16 40 29 36 220 38 780 cl 29 2 mmol l 2007 10 19 17 26 56 94 040 98 360 1 28 1 38 Na 38 2 mmol l 2007 10 19 17 26 56 139 760 143 440 1 28 1 385 K 42 10 mmolfl 2007 10 19 17 26 56 3 7600 4 1600 1 28 1 38 Cl 47 8 mmoljl 2007 10 19 17 22 20 94 040 98 360 1 28 1 38 Na 35 8 mmol l 2007 10 19 17 22 20 139 760 143 440 1 28 1 38 K 96 20 mmoljl 2007 10 19 17 22 20 3 7600 4 1600 1 28
160. ed through calibration run editing calculation as the default The middle of the screen displays the tests status and calibration parameters etc An showed on the left of the test name means that after you click the Data button there is remark in the dialog box popped up The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Calib Curve Click this button to pop up the Calibration Curve dialog box where you can view a calibration curve For more information about the Calibration Curve dialog box refer to the following text Calibration Curve Reac Curve Click this button to pop up the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box where you can view a reaction curve For more information about the Calibration Reaction Curve dialog box refer to the following text Calibration Reaction Curve 4 Advanced Operations 4 43 Button Rgt Bik Data Print Default Delete Rerun Function After selecting a result click this button to pop up the Reagent Blank Trend Curve dialog box where you can view the reagent blank curve for the selected result For more information about the Reagent Blank Trend Curve dialog box refer to the following text Reagent Blank Trend Curve After selecting a result click this button to pop up the Calibration Data dialog box where you can view all the calibration data of the selected result For more information about the Calibration Data dialog box refer to
161. eednecs denser setvesececuaee B 1 Appendix ING X irsccsecstecs setae dvesesccccecsunedvscesesadeesecceesans tvadexseccesseceessdusstacged aa aasar Siada uaaa ae C 1 IV Contents 1 System Description This chapter describes the structure and screen operations of the Chemistry Analyzer The system is an automated chemistry analyzer for in vitro diagnostic use in clinical laboratories The analyzer is designed for the in vitro quantitative determination of clinical chemistries in serum plasma urine or cerebral spinal fluid samples NOTE Some samples may not be analyzed on the system based on parameters the reagents claim capable of testing Consult the reagent manufacturer or distributor for details 1 1 Hardware Introduction The Chemistry Analyzer consists of the analyzing unit analyzer operation unit PC output unit printer accessories and consumables 1 1 1 Analyzing Unit The analyzing unit consists of the following major parts Sample reagent Disk Dispenser Mixer Assembly Reaction Disk Photometric System ISE Unit optional 1 System Description 1 1 Figure 1 1 Analyzing Unit Cover Syringe Dispenser Mixing Bar S A Reaction Disk Sarmple reagent Disk ISE Unit Door Power Switch of the analyzing unit socket of the analyzing unit power main power switch Serial port 1 1 1 1 Sample Reagent Disk The sample reagent disk holds sample tubes and reagent bottles 1 2 1 System Description
162. enance actions or procedures ensure that the system runs normally Most maintenance actions or procedures should be performed after the Power is placed to OFF For some maintenance actions or procedures be sure to place the Main Power to OFF first Do not spill water or reagent on mechanical or electrical components of the system A gt BIOHAZARD W Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles during maintaining process ye 5 Service and Maintenance 5 1 We recommend the copy of the maintenance log in 5 7Maintenance Log Sheets be used to keep the maintenance records 5 1 Preparation The following tools wash solution and ethanol may facilitate your maintenance 5 1 1 Tools Hex wrenches M1 5 M3 and M4 Cross headed screwdrivers large medium and small Tweezers Clean cup Clean gauze Clean cotton swabs Clean brush Syringe 5 10 ml Rubber gloves 5 1 2 Wash Solution E Acid 0 1mol l hydrochloric acid E Alkaline javel water with 0 5 active chlorine A 5 1 3 Others WARNING Poisonous gas will be produced if acid wash solution is mixed with alkaline wash solution Do not mix the acid wash solution with the alkaline one Some enhanced wash solution may hurt human skins Exercise caution when using the wash solution In case your skin or clothes contact them wash them off with clean water In case the wash solution spill into your eyes rinse them with much water and consult an oculist
163. ence No of sample run samples by When selected it means the analyzer will automatically run QC tests among sample tests When selected it means the system will print the QC summary after QC test is completed When selected it means the system will remind you to print patient report after tests have been finished When selected it means you can request tests with reagent positions not specified but the analyzer will not run the tests unless the reagents are positioned When selected it means you can request calibration tests with calibrator positions not specified but the analyzer will not run the calibrations unless the calibrators are positioned When selected it means you can request QC tests with control positions not specified but the analyzer will not run the QCs unless the controls are positioned When selected it means you can request samples QCs for the un calibrated tests that meet the calibration requirements and the analyzer will request the calibrations automatically Select it and then move the slider to set the volume of the alarm bell When selected after entering the Admi No at the Sample Information screen the system will find out if the admission No has been existed already If so the patient information corresponding to the admission No will be obtained automatically Refer to 4 1 1 Sample Information for details 4 101 4 102 Parameter Auto Rerun Above Strongest Calibrator
164. ent the system will rerun the test immediately Reagents for certain tests are used out The system skips all tests related to the reagent and continues with other tests You can refill the reagent and resume the tests after other tests are finished or after clicking the Probe Stop button The system will invalidate all tests that are related to the reagent and sample Actions taken by the system The system will pause the probe mixing bar and invalidate all tests but those which already have R1 sample and R1 dispensed and stirred The system will pause the probe and invalidate all tests but those which already have R1 sample and R1 dispensed 6 Troubleshooting Severity Stopping analysis Level 9 Description Errors to stop analysis in emergency Severity Forbidding Level 10 Description Errors to forbid test Severity Startup forbidden Level 11 Description Errors to forbid startup Actions taken by the system During analysis certain errors occur so that photometric measurement of reaction liquid is affected and the reaction disk cannot rotate normally or finish the photometric measurement Actions taken by the system When errors of this level occur all tests are forbidden even the system is in idle status If the system is running tests no tests will continue in the next period and all unfinished tests will be invalidated However you can perform other operations
165. ent or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100690080005 100690090005 100690100005 100690110005 100690120005 100690130005 100690140005 100690150005 100690160005 100690170005 100690180005 100690180015 100690180025 100690180035 100690180045 Reagent unit result error Undefined parameter configuration Reagent unit result error parameter Wrong configuration Reagent unit result error Undefined search Reagent unit result error Wrong searching parameter Reagent unit result error Undefined system operation Reagent unit result error Wrong system operation parameter Reagent unit result error Undefined commission Reagent unit result error Wrong commissioning parameter Reagent unit result error Not commissioning Reagent unit result error Fluid controlling error Reagent unit result error Disk rotation error Cannot reach the home position Reagent unit result error Disk rotation error Cannot move away from the home position Reagent unit result error Disk rotation error Step missing Reagent unit result error Disk rotation error Probe in disk Reagent unit result error Disk rotation error Disabled
166. epartment or your local distributor Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times Replace the electrode Replace the Reagent Pack Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100700060025 100700070085 1007000700C5 1007000700E5 1007000700A5 6 20 ISE unit result error Na electrode slope drift ISE unit result error Cl electrode out of slope range ISE unit result error Cl K electrodes out of slope range ISE unit result error Cl K Na electrodes out of slope range ISE unit result error Cl Na electrodes out of slope range Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times Replace the electrode Replace the Reagent Pack Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Remove the electrode to inspect the O rings Replace the Reagent Pack and retest Remove electrode tap to dislodge bubble reinstall and recalibrate Replace reference electrode Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Remove the electrode to inspect the O rings Replace the Reagent Pack and retest Remove electrode tap to dislodge bubble reinstall and recalibrate Replace reference electrode Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Remove the electrode to inspect the O rings Replace the Reagent Pack and retest Remove electrode tap to dislodge bubble reinstall and
167. epartment or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100700060085 1007000600C5 1007000600E5 1007000600A5 100700060045 100700060065 ISE unit result error ISE unit result error ISE unit result error ISE unit result error ISE unit result error ISE unit result error Cl electrode slope drift Cl K electrodes slope drift Cl K Na electrodes slope drift Cl Na electrodes slope drift K electrode slope drift K Na electrodes slope drift Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times Replace the electrode Replace the Reagent Pack Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times Replace the electrode Replace the Reagent Pack Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times Replace the electrode Replace the Reagent Pack Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times Replace the electrode Replace the Reagent Pack Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Repeat to calibrate the ISE module for several times Replace the electrode 3 Replace the Reagent Pack Contact our customer Service D
168. eping shutdown error Operating software error Memory error Operating software error buffer No empty command Operating software error Void cursor Operating software error Data processing thread error Operating software error Test thread error Operating software error Multi media timer error System environment error Mouse error Operating software error Database does not exist Operating software error Database initialization error Operating software error Database version error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Reset the resolution 1024x768 of the display If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Reset the color at least 8 bits of the display If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Close the screen saver If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Shutdown the sleeping function If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Servic
169. er group User Name of user Password Password of user Confirm Confirming password of user It must be same as the password above Doctor Name of doctor Group User group to which the doctor belongs Void means the A doctor does not belong to any group NOTE Users of the administrator group possess all authorities that cannot be changed Admin is the default user who belongs to the administrator group Its name cannot be changed We recommend all users to set their own passwords If a user group has none of the authorities as shown on the screen the user group can perform basic operations except for the ones within the authorities as shown on the screen 4 Advanced Operations 4 113 4 114 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Add User Delete User Add Group Delete Group OK Function Click this button to add a new user We recommend you to set a password immediately for the user you have added For detailed instructions of setting user information refer to the following text To Set User Information After selecting a user in the user list click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a user s You cannot undo the deletion once itis done The related doctors will not be deleted Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected user click Cancel to abort the deletion Click this button to add a n
170. er selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop down list box and a reagent position on the reagent disk graph click Change Pos to pop up the Change Position dialog box where you can change position of the selected reagent For more information about the Change Position dialog box refer to the following text To Reset Reagent Position Inventory After selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop down list box click this button and a dialog box pops up Check Reagent Inventory Range All C From 3 To 3 OK a Select reagent position s you want to check in the dialog box All means all the positions on the reagent disk From To means some position s on the reagent disk Click OK and the system will check the remaining volume of the selected position s click Cancel to abort checking 4 70 4 Advanced Operations Button Function Release All After selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop down list box click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to release the reagent disk All the reagents on the released disk will lose their assigned positions and the related tests may not be conducted The reagents themselves will not be deleted Do you want to continue Click OK to release all reagent positions on the reagent disk exclusive of No 35 and No 36 click Cancel to abort the releasing To Reset Reagent Position At the Reagent Disk sc
171. error E2PROM check sum error Main unit result error E2PROM write protection Main unit result error E2PROM write error Main unit result error Downloading parameter Main unit result error Parameter downloading failed Main unit result error Resetting other units Main unit result error Other units resetting error Main unit result error Shutting down other units Main unit result error Other units shutdown error Main unit result error Invalid status Self check Main unit result error Invalid status Error Main unit result error Invalid status Waiting for handshake Main unit result error Invalid status Shutdown Main unit result error Unit busy No response Main unit result error Analyzing error Reaction disk affected Main unit result error Analyzing error Reaction disk not affected Main unit result error Undefined system operation Main unit result error Wrong system operation parameter Main unit result error Undefined search Main unit result error Wrong searching parameter Main unit result error Undefined configuration Main unit result parameter error Wrong configuration Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor C
172. error Pump calibration cycle error ISE unit result error Pump calibration cycle error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Pump calibration cycle error Pump calibration ISE unit result error Pump calibration cycle error Calibration value saving failed ISE unit result error Pump calibration cycle error Dallas read ISE unit result error Pump calibration cycle error Invalid command 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pa
173. error Syringe error Cannot move away from the home position Sample unit result error Syringe error Inadequate aspiration Sample unit result error Syringe error Inadequate dispensing Sample unit result error Syringe error Step missing Sample unit result error Syringe Aspirating dispensing not allowed now error Sample unit result error Reagent probe horizontal movement error Cannot reach the home position Sample unit result error Sample probe horizontal movement error Cannot move away from the home position Sample unit result error Sample probe horizontal movement error Trying to move away from the sample disk limit position Sample unit result error Sample probe horizontal movement error Trying to move away from the reaction disk limit position Check the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructe
174. es Refresh Print Next Delete Close The following table explains some parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description View There are two options as Measured and Estimated The former refers to displaying the measured values and the latter refers to displaying the estimated values The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Refresh Click this button to refresh the current reagent blank trend curve Print Click this button to print the current reagent blank trend curve Previous Click this button to display the reagent blank value of previous point Next Click this button to display the reagent blank value of next point 4 Advanced Operations 4 47 Button Function Delete Click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a data point s of reagent blank You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Click OK to delete the reagent blank value of current point click Cancel to abort the deletion Close Click this button to close the Reagent Blank Trend Curve dialog box Calibration Data At the Results screen after selecting a calibration result click Data to pop up the Calibration Data dialog box as shown in Figure 4 38 which is used to display the calibration data of the selected result and recalculate or modify the calibration parameters Figure 4 38 Calibration Data Dialog Box
175. ew user group to the user group list You should set authorities for the newly added user group which has only basic authorities and none of the ones as shown on the screen For detailed instructions of setting authorities of user groups refer to the following text To Set User Group Information After selecting a user group in the user group list click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a user group s You cannot undo the deletion once it is done All the users included in the group s will be defined as common user Do you want to continue Click OK to delete the selected user group click Cancel to abort the deletion Click this button to save the modification to user group information or user information For detailed instructions of setting user group information refer to the following text To Set User Group Information For detailed instructions of setting user information refer to the following text To Set User Information 4 Advanced Operations Button Function Cancel Click this button to ignore the modification to user group information or user information For detailed instructions of setting user group information refer to the following text To Set User Group Information For detailed instructions of setting user information refer to the following text To Set User Information To Set User Group Information 1 Select a user group in the user group li
176. ext position on the patient report After selecting a test click this button to set it as the last one appearing on the patient report Click this button to restore all options to factory default settings After clicking the Restore Default button or setting the printing parameters click this button to save the settings After clicking the Restore Default button or setting the printing parameters click Cancel to ignore the settings The Template screen as shown in Figure 4 78 is where you can set template for printing various reports and curve diagrams Figure 4 78 Template Screen System Hospital User General Template Print Report for Patient Report by Test Results Statistics Worklist by Test Worklist by Sample Fee Statistics Charges Statistics Workload for Sender Workload for Tester Rgt Blk Reac Curve Samp Blk Reac Curve Sample Reac Curve Report for Patient Prev Report by Test Prev Results Statistics Prev Worklist by Test Prev Prev Fee Statistics Prev Worklist by Sample Charges Statistics Prev Workload for Sender Prev Workload for Tester Prev Reag Blank Reac Curve Prev Samp Blank Reac Curve Prev Sample Reac Curve Prev QC Results Real time QC Plot QC Reaction Curve Other QC Plot Calib Reac Curve Default Calib Para All Calib Para Calibrati
177. f Analyzing Unit Monthly Maintenance 128 4 6 6 86 9 HO 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 80 31 1 Cleaning Wash Well of Probe 2 Cleaning Wash Well of Mixing Bar Maintenance Every Six Monts 1 2 B 4 56 6 7 B 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 Washing Dust Screen 5 Service and Maintenance 5 33 2 Replacing Filter Assembly Irregular Maintenance 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 1 Unclogging Probe 2 Replacing Probe 3 Replacing Mixing Bar e re 5 Removing Air Bubbles 6 Replacing Lamp 7 Replacing ISE 5 34 Components optional 5 Service and Maintenance 6 Troubleshooting This chapter presents all warning messages and recommended corrective actions which should be taken in time once any error occurs If the recommended measures fail to solve the problems contact our customer service department or your local distributor When an error or failure occurs the system will display the error or warning message and take corresponding actions automatically The error or warning messages will be displayed in the warning messages area at the bottom of the operating software screen and the wa
178. f the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check whether there is enough sample in the sample container Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 13 10070001SEW5 10070001SIA5 10070001 SIF5 10070001SIM5 10070001SIN5 10070001SIR5 10070001SITS 6 14 ISE unit result error Serum cycle error Dallas write ISE unit result error SIP cycle error Air in calibrant A ISE unit result error SIP cycle error No flow ISE unit result error SIP cycle error ISE unit result error SIP cyc
179. for it click this button to cancel the setting 4 15 1 4 QC Figure 4 64 QC Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Off system Carryover Parameters Reference Calibration ac Westgard Multi rule Name___ MeanConc __sd____ Controli M 128 O Control2 Vv 1 38 O Control3 O Control4 Mv 228 V RAS M 41S Mv 10 Cum Sum Check 1 0 2 7 C 1 0 3 0 0 5 5 1 QC Interval Suer E eo Mean Conc sD Bs Add Delete 4 90 4 Advanced Operations The following table explains the parameters on the QC screen Parameter Description Westgard QC rule It is related to the test and has nothing to do with the Multi rule control Set the sub rule for the selected test Cum Sum QC rule It is related to the test and has nothing to do with the Check control Set the sub rule for the selected test QC Interval It refers to the number of sample runs between two adjacent auto QC tests The default is 0 which means the analyzer will not perform QC automatically Name Name of the control Mean Conc It refers to the average concentration of the selected control for the selected test SD It refers to the concentration SD of the selected control for the selected test A N NOTE If Auto QC on the System screen is selected and QC Interval on the Test screen is not 0 the analyzer will automatically rerun QC tests among sample tests The following table introduces t
180. from abusing the authorities of Admin Refer to 4 16 3User for details 3 Basic Operations 2 Select a serial port from Serial Port in the Startup dialog box then click Start to initialize the system After that operate according to the screen prompt until the main screen of the operating software is displayed Serial Port Com1 Please select a serial port Then click Start to connect the analyzing unit and start initialization If you won t run any tests click Finish to enter the main screen AN NOTE Place new cuvettes to the reaction disk when replacing used cuvettes Refer to 4 7Replace for detailed information about the operation of the cuvettes replacing screen CAUTION You must not start analysis until the system status area of the screen displays Standby and the analyzer has been turned on for at least 30 minutes A N NOTE Check the probe as directed by steps 6 9 in 5 2 6Checking Probe gt Check the mixing bar as directed by steps 4 5 in 5 2 7Checking Mixing Bar If this is the first time the analyzer is installed please follow the instructions indicated in 5 5 2 Replacing Filter Assemby step 4 to expel air ffrom the filter assembly 3 2 4 Setting up the Analyzer The analyzer will not function properly unless it is properly set up If this is the first time the analyzer being used you must complete all the following settings Even in daily use you should perform the foll
181. from the two Positions fields Then click this button to change the position Close Click this button to close the dialog box 4 8 4 Advanced Operations A N CAUTION Do not put the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk on hold for a long time Otherwise certain analyses may be affected 4 1 4 Requesting Samples or Modifying Information 1 In the Samples field of Sample Request screen select a sample that is being requested the samples with in the front or has been requested 2 You can set sample information and tests for the newly requested samples or modify the sample information for the requested sample 3 If you want to finish requesting or save the modification click OK Ak NOTE If you want to deselect one or more tests for a sample after you clicking the OK button a dialog box will pop up You have deselected some tests requested before Do you want to continue Cancel Click the OK button if you want to continue 4 1 5 Download Sample Information At the Sample Request screen click Download to pop up the Download Sample Information from LIS dialog box where you can download sample information from the LIS host such as sample type tests and STAT information Figure 4 5 Download Sample Information from LIS Dialog Box xl Latest C All C Sample Cancel 4 Advanced Operations 4 9 The following table explains the parameters of the dialog
182. fying the relevant parameters of it click this button to cancel the setting 4 15 1 3 Calibration Figure 4 63 Calibration Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Offsystem Carryover Parameters Reference Calibration Qc T Calibrators Rule One point Linear z __ Conc f 2 Calibratori Sensitivity Replicates Interval day Difference Limit sD Blank Response Error Limit wane Calibratori Correlation Coefficient 0 aR 1 I Dilute Calibra Details INNI Select a test you want to view Add The following table explains the parameters on the Calibration screen Parameter Description Rule Calibration rule 4 Advanced Operations 4 87 4 88 Parameter Sensitivity Replicates Interval Difference Limit SD Blank Response Error Limit Correlation Coefficient Name Conc Dilute Calibra Description It refers to the difference between the response of the largest concentration calibrator and that of the smallest concentration calibrator The system will alert you once the actual difference exceeds this limit Void means no check It refers to the times of each calibration test It ranges from 1 to 5 It refers to the interval 0 99 days between two adjacent auto reminding of calibrations The analyzer will remind you of the next calibration when the time is up Void or 0 means the analyzer will not remind you the next calibration automatically
183. g dialog box You have chosen to clear all logs You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to remove all logs currently displayed from the database and to clear the Log List click Cancel to abort the deletion Details Click this button to pop up the following dialog Log Details a Failure Description 2007 10 29 19 05 29 500000170000 System environment error Printer connection error Troubleshooting Record 2007 10 29 19 30 41 Admin ok New Troubleshooting After writing a warning message in the New Troubleshooting dialog click Add and then click Save to save the message or click Cancel to abort the addition To Search Error Logs The Search Error Logs dialog box as shown in Figure 4 84 is where you can set the log searching conditions 4 124 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 84 Search Error Logs Dialog Box Unit Date 24 2007 7 24 2007 U M Operating Softwar Error Level MV Main Unit Reagent Unit MV Sample Unit C Equal C Higher C Lower M Mixing Unit V Reaction Unit n M Temperature Unit Level M ISE Unit All OK Cancel The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Date Date of log The first edit box is start time and the second is end time Level Level of logs All refers to logs of all levels Equal Higher or Lower refer to the logs
184. g unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 400000390009 400000400000 400000410000 400000420000 400000430000 400000440000 400000450000 400000460008 400000470008 400000480008 400000490000 400000500000 Operating software error Configuration file read error Operating software error Configuration file write error Operating software error Help file does not exist Operating software error Help file opening error Operating software error Log read error Operating software error Log write error Operating software error Log error Operating software error Cannot connect to the analyzing unit Operating software error Handshake failed
185. gent at the specified position If no add one If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Pause dispensing and check if there is a reagent at the specified position If no add one If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distribu
186. gent to enter the Reagent Setup screen as shown in Figure 4 31 where you can edit the reagent information Figure 4 31 Reagent Setup Screen Reagent Setup Reagents Reagent Information E acc a A ee ee Test ALT z ALT A e R1 40000 0 727 1 10 Position hM B CREA 216 a 40000 0 216 1 11 ia om EERTE 5 R2 40000 0 216 2 28 0 0 6h ype Large Bottle TBIL 199 R1 40000 0 199 1 12 0 0 6 Estimated 0 R2 40000 0 740 1 13 0 0 6 Exp Date 6 4 2008 7 GLU 131 R1 40000 0 131 1 14 0 0 6k Tai n GGT 195 R1 40000 0 195 1 15 0 0 6 j R2 40000 0 727 1 16 0 0 6 Bottle No UREA 131 R1 40000 0 131 1 17 0 0 6 BarCode R2 40000 0 500 1 18 0 0 6 TP 195 R1 40000 0 195 1 19 0 0 6f AST 195 RI 40000 0 195 1 20 0 0 6 7 Re R2 40000 0 727 1 21 0 0 G6 Position 1 gt 10 TC 131 R1 40000 0 131 1 22 0 0 6 Bottle Type Large Bottle z P 131 R1 40000 0 131 1 23 0 0 6k ALB 131 RI 40000 0 131 1 24 0 0 6p Sailuetiad ji IGA 195 R1 40000 0 195 1 25 0 0 6 Exp Date 6 472008 z R2 40000 0 380 1 26 0 0 6 Lot No r ALP 195 R1 40000 0 195 1 27 0 0 6 R2 40000 0 727 1 28 0 0 B Sle th CAdII 131 R1 40000 0 131 1 29 0 0 6 Bar Code DBIL 199 R1 40000 0 199 1 30 0 0 6z I 4 38 4 Advanced Operations The Reagents list displays the reagent information of all tests The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Test Po
187. gnment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 45 400000510009 400000520008 400000530008 400000540008 400000550008 400000560008 400000570008 400000580008 6 46 System environment error Self check error Operating software error Parameter downloading error Operating software error Mechanical resetting error Operating software error Cuvette segment replacing error Operating software error Background measurement error Operating software error Cuvette blank measurement error Operating software error Washing error Operating software error Startup check is not finished normally Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains perform self checking again as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then rec
188. h dialog box where you can set the searching conditions and search the qualified results For more information about the Search dialog box refer to the following text Search 4 Advanced Operations 4 77 Button Function Print Click this button to print the statistical results Search At the Workload screen click Search to pop up the Search dialog box as shown in Figure 4 58 where you can search the workloads information that meets the conditions Figure 4 58 Search Dialog Box Se Date 12007 enayo07 Samp Type o tt COO Gender OK Cancel Void means the parameter is exclusive NOTE The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Date Date of sample runs that you want to search The first drop down list box is start time and the second is end time Samp Type Type of the samples that you want to search Test Test you want to search Gender Gender of the patients you want to search Age Age of the patients you want to search Enter age low limit in the first edit box and high limit in second one Then select an age unit from the drop list box 4 78 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to search for workloads information that meets the conditions you have set Cancel Click this button to cancel searching 4 14 4 Charges The Charges screen as shown in
189. he QC results of the current day can be deleted Select one of the searched QC results If it is of the current day the button will be available Click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete the test results You cannot undo the deletion Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected result click Cancel to abort the deletion After selecting one of the searched QC results click this button to pop up the QC Reaction Curve dialog box which is used to display the reaction curve of the selected QC result For more information about the QC Reaction Curve dialog box refer to the following text QC Reaction Curve Click this button to send selected QC result to LIS host This button is available only when the analyzer is connected to LIS 4 Advanced Operations QC Reaction Curve At the Day to Day QC screen after selecting one of the searched QC results click Reaction Curve to pop up the QC Reaction Curve dialog box as shown in Figure 4 46 where you can view the reaction curve of the selected QC result Figure 4 46 QC Reaction Curve Dialog Box Test TR Control Controll Conc 35 0 sp 2 000 Control Pos 1 y S Cuv No 2 Date 2007 9 19 11 Result 345 0 i Absorbance 15500 14500 13500 12500 11500 10500 9500 8500 7500 6500 5500 4500 3500 2500 1500 500 17500 16500 ES E 500 1500 2
190. he buttons on the QC screen Button Function Add Click this button to add a new test Delete After selecting a test click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a test s Corresponding tests can t be requested after the deletion You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected test click Cancel to abort the deletion OK After selecting a test and setting QC rule for it click this button to save the setting 4 Advanced Operations 4 91 Button Function Cancel After selecting a test and setting QC rule for it click this button to cancel the setting 4 15 2 ISE The ISE screen where you can set parameters reference ranges and QC rules of ISE analytes includes the following tabs E Parameters E Reference E QC 4 15 2 1 Parameters Figure 4 65 Parameters Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Off system Carryover K Parameters Reference ac Na Name cl Full Name No 3 Standard No Unit mmoljl Y Serum Urine Precision 0 1 4 Precision Integer x Range 50 fiso Range 15 fjaoo The following table explains the parameters on the Parameters screen Parameter Description Name Name of the ISE analyte No No of the analyte It cannot be edited Full Name Full name of the analyte It can be void Standard No Standard No of the analyte It can be void Precision Precision of
191. he patient s disease The following table introduces the buttons of the Sample Information dialog box Function Click this button to set current settings as defaults for following samples Click this button to display the information of the previous sample Click this button to display the information of the next sample Click this button to save modification to the sample information in this dialog box Click this button to cancel modification to the sample information in this dialog box Click this button to close the Sample Information dialog box 4 Advanced Operations 4 1 2 Delete a Sample At the Sample Request screen after selecting a sample in Samples click Delete to pop up the Delete dialog box as shown in Figure 4 3 where you can delete the selected sample or release its position Figure 4 3 Delete Sample Dialog Box Do you want to delete this sample or release its position Deletion will delete sample information and related tests Releasing will not affect test information gas osssssssssses esasvsisossssusasonssnoninssussnoesasg Release Position Delete Sample C Delete All l r OK Cancel The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Release Release the sample position without deleting all tests related to Position this sample It is available for the tested samples only Delete Delete the sample as well as the related tests Sam
192. he patients you want to search The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button OK Cancel 4 14 3 Workload Function Click this button to search for sample runs that meet the conditions you have set Click this button to cancel searching The Workload screen as shown in Figure 4 57 is used to display workloads of all doctors 4 76 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 57 Workload Screen Worklist Results Workload Charges View Statistics By Tester C By Sender F Dept y r Statistics Department Tess Charges ther 2445 Sum 2445 Sum 0 00 Refresh Search Print Select By Tester to display workloads in the Statistics list by tester Select By Sender to display workloads in the Statistics list by sender Mark the Dept check box to display workloads in the Statistics list by sender of the selected department The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Refresh The system will not refresh the statistical results automatically You need to click this button to refresh Click this button to pop up the following dialog box It will take a long time to search the statistic data and the screen probably can t be refreshed during this period Do you want to continue Click OK to refresh and display the latest statistical results click Cancel to abort refreshing Search Click this button to pop up the Searc
193. he probe tip Then commission the fluid as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Pause dispensing and check if there is a reagent distilled water or wash solution at the specified position If no add one If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 200690080003 200690090002 200690100002 200690110006 300640010007 300640020007 300640030007 300640040007 300640050007 300640060007 300640070007 300641260007 30065126000
194. he probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe 5 Service and Maintenance A BIOHAZARD SK Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Place the Power to OFF Remove the sample reagent disk Pull the probe arm to the highest point by hand Rotate the probe arm to move the probe to a position above the sample reagent compartment and convenient to operate Grab the lower part of the arm cover with two hands and pull them slightly outwards and remove the cover upward from the arm base After you remove the cover the inside structure of the probe arm is as shown in the figure below Probe s Circuit Connector Tubing Connector Probe s Fluid Connector Retaining Screw Hold the probe s fluid connector with one hand and the tubing connector with the other Rotate the tubing connector counter clockwise until it disconnects from the probe Remove the tubing from the probe A N CAUTION You will see a small gasket inside the tubing connector which is removed from the probe Exercise caution and make sure the gasket is always inside the tubing connector If the gasket falls off store it in a clean place After disconnecting the tubing from the probe use clean gauze to wipe the tubing connector so that no liquid drops will appear Press the circuit board with one hand and disconnect the probe s circuit connector from the board with the other han
195. he time when the second reagent is added then the reaction starts when they are mixed At t the reaction reaches equilibrium and t is the time to stop monitoring the reaction t to t is the incubation period and t to ft is the delay period The absorbance readings are respectively taken at t and f The fixed time reaction is demanding more technically than the equilibrium method Because reaction rate is measured at two different points all the factors that affect reaction rate such pH temperature and amount of enzyme must be kept constant from one assay to the next as must the timing of the two measurements A reference solution of the substrate must be used for calibration 7 1 3 Kinetic For the kinetic method namely zero order kinetic or continuous monitoring method the reaction velocity is not related to the substrate concentration and remains constant in the reaction process As a result for a given wavelength the absorbance of the analytes changes evenly and the change rate AA min is directly proportional to the activity or concentration of the substrate The kinetic method is usually used to measure enzyme activity 7 Calculation Methods 7 3 In fact it is impossible for the substrate concentration to be high enough and the reaction will be no longer a zero order reaction when the substrate is consumed to a certain degree Therefore the theory only stands within certain period In addition the reaction c
196. iluted volume is in the range of 180 450 and the volume of diluent is no less than 160 2 The value of the dilution ratio can not be the same if more than one dilution ratios are set for the test 3 Different dilution ratios are related to a serial of calibrators with different concentrations 4 The total number of calibrators for a calibration test the number of calibrators selected from the list the number of diluted calibrators 1 For example to set a calibration test 2 calibrators was selected from the list one of them was diluted to 3 different concentrations for dilution calibration The total number of calibrators for the test is 4 A N NOTE You must determine the number of the calibrators to be used according to the selected calibration rule The following table introduces the buttons on the Calibration screen Button Function Add Click this button to add a new test 4 Advanced Operations 4 89 Button Function Delete After selecting a test click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a test s Corresponding tests can t be requested after the deletion You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Click OK to delete the selected test click Cancel to abort the deletion OK After selecting a test and setting the calibration rule for it click this button to save the setting Cancel After selecting a test and setting the calibration rule
197. ing Inadequate dispensing of sample probe Sample unit warning No liquid surface detected when washing sample probe Reagent unit warning Reagent probe exceeds the home position horizontally Reagent unit warning Reagent probe exceeds the limit position horizontally Reagent unit warning Reagent probe exceeds the home position vertically Reagent unit warning Reagent probe exceeds the limit position vertically Reagent unit warning Syringe full Reagent unit warning Syringe empty Reagent unit warning No liquid surface detected when reagent probe aspirating exhausted Pause dispensing and check if there is enough sample calibrator or control at the specified position If no add more If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Pause dispensing and check if there is enough sample calibrator or control at the specified position If no add more If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Pause dispensing and check if there is a sample at the specified position If no add one If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the syringe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Turn off the analyzing unit Check the syringe for leakage and check the sample probe to see if there are drops hanging on t
198. ing solution is placed in position 33 and urine diluent in position 34 of reagent disk IN WARNING Poisonous gas will be produced if acid wash solution is mixed with alkaline wash solution Do not mix the acid wash solution with the alkaline one Some wash solutions may hurt human skins Exercise caution when using the wash solution In case your skin or clothes contact them wash them off with clean water In case the wash solutions spill into your eyes rinse them with much water and consult an oculist A N NOTE We have specified the following wash solutions Acid 0 1mol l hydrochloric acid Alkaline javel water with 0 5 active chlorine You should dilute the sodium hypochlorite solution at appropriate ratio according to the available chlorine contained in it We recommend the acid and alkaline wash solutions be used alternately For instance if the acid wash solution is used at current startup the alkaline one should be used at next startup 5 Check the connection of deionized water tubing See 5 2 3Checking Connection of Deionized Water for details 6 Check the connection of waste tubing See 5 2 4Checking Connection of Waste Water for details 3 Basic Operations 3 3 10 11 Check the syringe carefully See 5 2 5Checking Syringe for details Check the probe as directed by steps 1 5 in 5 2 6Checking Probe Check the mixing bar as directed by steps 1 3 in 5 2 7Checking Mixing Bar Check the deionized water t
199. ing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Trying to move away from the home position Mixing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Trying to move away from the washing limit position Mixing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Trying to move away from the mixing limit position Mixing unit result error vertical movement error Collision Mixing bar 6 Troubleshooting Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the er
200. inter of the mouse is stopped on it for a while the system will remind you of the reason why it is unselectable 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons on the Calibration Request screen Button OK Cancel Change Position Function After selecting calibration tests click this button to finish requesting Refer to the following text To Request Calibration for specific operations After selecting calibration tests click this button to cancel requesting Refer to the following text To Request Calibration for specific operations After selecting a calibrator in the Calibrator area click this button to pop up the Change Position dialog box For more information about the Change Position dialog box refer to the following text To Reset Position of a Calibrator To Request Calibration 1 Select a type in the Request Type area Where Calibration refers to running calibration directly without testing the reagent blank Rgt Blk refers to testing the reagent blank only Calib Rgt Blk refers to testing the reagent blank and then calibrating Select a test s in the Tests list If you confirm to calibrate the selected tests click OK To Reset Position of a Calibrator At the Calibration Request screen after selecting a calibrator click Change Position to pop up the Change Position dialog box as shown in Figure 4 33 where you can reset position of the selected calibrator on
201. is corresponding to the blue point on the result trend curve The reference range of the run that is corresponding to the blue point on the result trend curve The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Previous Next Print Close Function Click this button to display the testing information of the previous run which is corresponding to the blue point on the curve Click this button to display the testing information of the next run which is corresponding to the blue point on the curve Click this button to print the current curve Click this button to close the Result Trend Curve dialog box 4 Advanced Operations 4 33 4 6 2 10 Send Results At the History screen after selecting a test click Send to pop up the Send Test Results dialog box as shown in Figure 4 25 where you can send test results to LIS host AN NOTE Sending results to LIS host is allowed only when the system is connected to LIS successfully Figure 4 25 Send Test Results Dialog Box Send Test Results Of Selected Sample C Of Selected Run C Of Selected Test C All l Skip Sent Cancel The following table explains the parameters on the dialog box Parameter Description Of Selected Send all test results of selected sample Sample Of Selected Send currently selected test result Run Of Selected Send all sample results of selected test Test All Send all results sea
202. is the latest one Remarks on the test Description of the test result Historical modification record including time modifier and results The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Add Previous Next OK Function Click this button to add the selected Description to Remark Click this button to display the previous test result for the current sample Click this button to display the next test result for the current sample Click this button to save modification to the test result 4 Advanced Operations Button Function Cancel Click this button to cancel modification to the test result Close Click this button to exit the Edit Results dialog box Some measurements or data may influence the test results though not serious will disturb your judgment When printing or searching test results pay much attention to those ones that are flagged by used on the system The following table describes all flags that are Flag Description NBP No balance point NLN No linearity range LNE Linearity of reaction curve too low RCE Response calculation error ROL Response lower than that of weakest calibrator ROH Response higher than that of strongest calibrator LRL Concentration lower than linearity low limit LRH Concentration exceeds linearity high limit RFL Concentration too low RFH Concent
203. isposal Dispose of them in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal and consult the manufacturer or distributor of the reagents for details BR Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Treating Waste Analyzer Please observe the following instructions to dispose of the waste analyzer N WARNING Materials of the analyzer are subject to contamination regulations Dispose of the waste analyzer in accordance with your local or national guidelines for waste disposal Preventing Fire or Explosion Please observe the following instructions to prevent fire and explosion A N WARNING Ethanol is flammable substance Please exercise caution while using the ethanol 6 Foreword Precautions on Use To use the Chemistry Analyzer safely and efficiently please pay much attention to the following operation notes Intended Use A N WARNING The system is an automated chemistry analyzer for in vitro diagnostic use in clinical laboratories The analyzer is designed for the in vitro quantitative determination of clinical chemistries in serum plasma urine or cerebral spinal fluid samples To draw a Clinical conclusion please also refer to the patient s clinical symptoms and other test results Operator A N WARNING The system is to be operated only by clinical professionals doctors or laboratory experimenters trained by our company or our authorized distributors Environment
204. k the test parameters and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the test parameters and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the reagent blank If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the reagent blank If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the reagent blank of this test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the reagent blank of this test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 400000990001 400001000001 400001010001 400001020001 400001030001 400001040001 400001050001 400001060001 400001070001 400001080001 4
205. le optional Na electrode BA34 10 63642 ISE unit Consumable optional optional Cl electrode optional BA34 10 63639 ISE unit Consumable optional Li electrode BA34 10 63644 ISE unit Consumable optional optional Reference electrode BA34 10 63640 ISE unit Consumable optional optional Spacer electrode BA34 10 63643 ISE unit Consumable optional optional Cleaning Solution Kit BA34 10 63645 ISE unit Consumable optional optional Reagent Module BA34 10 63673 ISE unit Consumable optional optional Urine Dilution BA34 10 63671 ISE unit Consumable optional optional ISE control BA34 10 63669 ISE unit Consumable optional Appendix B Supplies A absorbance cceeeeeereeee 7 2 7 3 Absorbance cccceee 4 27 7 5 Acid wash solution 3 3 5 2 Air bubble wo 5 7 5 27 Alignment 4 128 5 27 Alkaline wash solution 3 3 5 2 Altitude height eee 2 2 analyzing unit 2 4 6 27 6 29 6 31 6 33 6 35 6 38 6 45 Analyzing unit 1 1 5 15 5 33 A 2 B Background 3 6 4 2 4 11 4 36 4 40 4 119 7 5 Bidirectional 4 108 4 109 Biohazard waste disposal6 5 3 5 5 5 9 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 20 5 23 5 27 Blank response 6 7 7 7 8 Blood type 6 cc seeeseecdeegeieees 4 6 C calibration 6 48 6 49 6 52 Calibration1 8 3 6 3 7 4 19 4 23 4 24 4 27 4 28 4 39 4 40 4 41 4 43 4 44 4 45 4
206. le error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error SIP cycle error Dallas read ISE unit command result error SIP cycle error Invalid 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent P
207. le probe exceeds the home position horizontally Sample unit warning Sample probe exceeds the limit position horizontally Sample unit warning Sample probe exceeds the home position vertically Sample unit warning Sample probe exceeds the limit position vertically Sample unit warning Sample syringe full Sample unit warning Sample syringe empty Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the sample disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the contact our customer Service Department
208. le status the system will not include ISE tests once stating analysis Severity Errors to forbid LIS Reserved Level 15 Description Errors to forbid LIS NOTE Actions taken by the system When the LIS host goes wrong or the network connection and settings are improper the system cannot download sample information from or send test results to LIS You can use all functions associated to LIS only after reconnecting the system to LIS successfully Errors of all levels but 11 will be recorded in the error logs once triggered When level 11 error occurs the operating software will not take any actions but warn you about the error and wait for your confirmation and then exit 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 Corrective Measures When an error occurs check the error code on the Logs screen of the operating software and then find corresponding measures in the following tables A N WARNING When troubleshooting the analyzer first find out whether it is necessary to switch off the Main Power or Power so BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles 6 Troubleshooting 6 5 Error Code 10070001BBA5 10070001BBD5 10070001BBF5 10070001BBN5 10070001BBR5 10070001BBT5 10070001BBW5 10070001CAA5 Error Message ISE unit result error Bubble calibration Air in calibrant A ISE unit result error Bubble calibration Bubble detector failure ISE unit result error Bubble calibration No flow
209. lect Interior Exterior or All from the drop down list box to the left of this button and click it to send an instruction to wash the sample probe with deionized water Select Interior Exterior or All from the drop down list box to the left of this button and click it to send an instruction to wash reagent probe with deionized water Click this button to send an instruction to wash mixing bar with deionized water After entering the desired number ul into the edit box to the right of Vol S Syringe click this button to send an instruction to make the sample syringe aspirate the given volume After entering the desired number ul into the edit box to the right of Vol S Syringe click this button to send an instruction to make the sample syringe dispense the given volume Click this button to send an instruction to reset the sample syringe 4 Advanced Operations Part Button R Syringe Aspirate R Syringe Dispense R Syringe Reset Function After entering the desired number ul into the edit box to the right of Vol R Syringe click this button to send an instruction to make the reagent syringe aspirate the given volume After entering the desired number ul into the edit box to the right of Vol R Syringe click this button to send an instruction to make the reagent syringe dispense the given volume Click this button to send an instruction to reset the reagent syringe Lamp Lamp On C
210. led information of the sample For more information about the Sample Information dialog box refer to 4 1 1 Sample Information Delete After selecting a sample from Samples click this button to pop up the Delete dialog box where you can delete the sample or release its position This button is not available for the sample being requested For more information about the Delete dialog box refer to 4 1 2 Delete a Sample Change Pos Click this button to pop up the Change Sample Position dialog box where you can change positions of samples For more information about the Change Sample Position dialog box refer to 4 1 3 Change Position Cancel After requesting new samples or modifying the information of a requested sample click this button to cancel the requests or modification Refer to 4 1 4 Requesting Samples or Modifying Information for detailed operations OK After requesting new samples or modifying the information of a requested sample click this button to finish requesting or save modification Refer to 4 1 4 Requesting Samples or Modifying Information for detailed operations Print List Print the samples which are not finished in Samples Download Click this button to download the Down Sample Information from LIS dialog box Refer to 4 1 5 Download Sample Information for detailed operations AN NOTE When you re request tests for the requested sample the tests which have been requested for the sample and ar
211. les need to be processed before being analyzed by the system Consult the reagent manufacturer or distributor for details The system has specific requirements on the sample volume Refer to this manual for details Load the sample to correct position on the sample disk before the analysis begins otherwise you will not obtain correct results Foreword Reagents Calibrators and Controls A CAUTION Use appropriate reagents calibrators and controls on the system Select appropriate reagents according to performance characteristic of the system Consult the reagent suppliers our company or our authorized distributor for details if you are not sure about your reagent choice Store and use reagents calibrators and controls strictly as instructed by the suppliers Otherwise you may not obtain reliable results or best performance of the system Improper storage of reagents calibrators and controls may lead to unreliable results and bad performance of the system even in validity period Perform a calibration and quality control after changing reagents Otherwise you may not obtain reliable results Carryover among reagents may lead to unreliable test results Consult the reagent manufacturer or distributor for details Setting up the System A CAUTION To define such parameters as sample volume reagent volume and wavelength follow the instructions in this manual and the package insert of the reagents Backing up Dat
212. librant B waste containers and a chip which indicates the volume of the reagents 1 System Description 1 7 1 1 2 1 1 3 Operation Unit The operation unit a computer with the operating software of Chemistry Analyzer installed controls the running operation and data processing of the analyzing unit Output Unit The output unit is a printer that prints out test results and other related data 1 2 Software Introduction 1 2 1 Software Interface The main screen of the operating software is divided into the following areas System status area This area is located at the top of the screen and displays the system status reaction disk temperature LIS connection status and current date time Small buttons area Click the small button The Operation Guide is displayed directing you to operate the system correctly Click the small button _Y The version of software is displayed Group buttons area The group buttons are located below the system status area and includes Reagent Calibration QC Status Statistics Parameters Setup and Maintenance Click a group button The relevant working page will be displayed Shortcut buttons area The shortcut buttons are located on the leftmost column of the screen and include Sample Request QC Request Start Probe Stop Stop Results Replace Relog and Exit Once a shortcut button is clicked with mouse button corresponding operation will be performed W
213. lick this button to send an instruction to turn on the lamp of the photometer Lamp Off Click this button to send an instruction to turn off the lamp of the photometer Other Download Click this button to send an instruction to Parameters download parameters Reset Mechanical Click this button to send an instruction to reset Parts all the mechanical parts of the analyzing unit Bar Scan Sample Click this button to send an instruction to scan Code Barcode sample bar code Reader Scan Reagent Bar Click this button to send an instruction to scan Code reagent barcode Laser On Click this button to send an instruction to turn on laser Laser Off Click this button to send an instruction to turn off laser Handshake Click this button to send an instruction to shakehands with bar code reader Reset Click this button to send an instruction to initiate bar code reader Button Function Clear Click this button to remove all instructions 4 Advanced Operations displayed in the above window 4 133 4 134 CAUTION Before executing To Asp Pos on Sample Disk or To Asp Pos on Reagent Disk reset the sample reagent disk or stop it at certain position Otherwise it may lead to probe collision Before executing To Disp Pos on Reaction Disk for sample and reagent To Diluted Asp Pos on Reaction Disk To Mixing Pos on Reaction Disk or Mix for Specified Time reset the reaction disk and ensure the reaction disk is stopped at certain
214. lignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 33 100690190005 100690200005 100690200015 100690200025 100690200035 100690200045 100690200055 100690200065 100690200075 100690210005 100690210015 100690210025 100690210035 6 34 Reagent unit result error Disk and probe selection error Reagent unit result error aspiration failed Syringe error Full Reagent unit result error dispensing failed Syringe error Full Reagent unit result error Syringe error Cannot reach the home position Reagent unit result error Syringe error Cannot move away from the home position Reagent unit result error Syringe error Inadequate aspiration Reagent unit result error Syringe error Inadequate dispensing Reagent unit result error missing Syringe error Step Reagent unit result error Syringe Aspirating dispensing not allowed now error Reagent unit result error Reagent probe horizontal movement error Cannot reach the home position Reagent unit result error Reagent probe horizontal movement error Cannot move away from the home position Reagent unit result error Reagent probe horizontal movement error Trying to move away from the reagent disk limit position Reagent unit result
215. lly You need to click this button to refresh Print Click this button to print the statistical results 4 14 2 Results The Results screen as shown in Figure 4 55 is used to display the statistical graph and data of sample results Figure 4 55 Results Screen Worklist Results Workload Charges Number 2268 2041 1814 1587 1360 1134 907 2 680 4 453 6 514 54 771 87 1029 20 1286 52 1543 85 1801 18 2058 51 2315 84 2573 16 Concentration Statistics Mean Conc 62 15134 Finished 2433 sD 126 495372193417 Ref Range Refresh Search Range Print On the statistical graph X coordinate refers to sample concentration and Y coordinate refers to No of runs 4 74 4 Advanced Operations The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Mean Conc Finished SD Ref Range Description Mean concentration which is obtained by dividing sum of all searched sample results with the No of runs No of sample runs that have been finished SD of calibration It displays only when there s one test result Reference range of test result It displays only when there s one test result The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Refresh Search Range Print Function The system will not refresh the statistical results automatically You need to click this button to refresh Click this button to pop up the following dialog box confir
216. lon i st arti ee hod Stal ee Re ee Rin ee ee Ste 5 2 DEM TOS se actssectiataes ectiatscivvenis ARO E RO OE E 5 2 91 2 Wash Soulo aena E AEA T A EEA 5 2 A R E E EE EE ea A addins 5 2 5 2 Daily Maintenance iesoeienrinaiieirne enpi eey aeann ineei aeina tee iA 5 3 5 2 1 Checking Remaining Deionized Water ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaees 5 3 5 2 2 Emptying Waste TINK orare EA E RE 5 3 5 2 3 Checking Connection of Deionized Water 5 4 5 2 4 Checking Connection of Waste Water eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseerreseerrrsserrrssenen 5 5 5 40 Checking Syene aeai yep aa AA EER E a AAA TE A 5 5 5 2 6 Checking Probe sc20l cecilia aden el dain Geld oiii 5 7 9 2 f Checking Mixing Baf eses areia Aaa Aa ESA NA 5 7 528 ISE Unit optional eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeessenaeeeeeeaaees 5 8 5 3 Weekly Maintenance 2 tects coscteti tec seis shoeccten A pbbassaa dd abt iaadd REA 5 9 ST Cleaning Proesa ea a RE AEK a R E E 5 9 5 3 2 Cleaning Mixing Bal e ceeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseecaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 5 12 5 3 3 Washing Deionized Water Tank ccccceeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeaas 5 13 5 3 4 Washing Waste Tank ccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseenaeeeeseenaeeeeneaas 5 13 5 3 5 Cleaning Sample Reagent Compartment ceeeeeeeseeeeeeenteeeeeeaes 5 14 5 3 6 Cleaning Panel of Analyzing Unit ie eceeeeeeneeeeeenneeeeeeeneeeeeeaes 5 15 5 4 Monthly Maintenance cicccesic
217. lt error Undefined search Reaction unit result error Wrong searching parameter Reaction unit result error Undefined system operation Reaction unit result error Wrong system operation parameter Reaction unit result error Rotation error Cannot reach the home position Reaction unit result error Rotation error Cannot move away from the home position Reaction unit result error Rotation error Step missing Reaction unit result error Rotation error Mixing Reaction unit result error Rotation error Aspirating dispensing sample Reaction unit result error Rotation error Aspirating dispensing reagent Reaction unit result error Rotation error Aspirating dispensing R2 Reaction unit result error Photoelectric error Lamp off Reaction unit result error Photoelectric error Lamp too dark Reaction unit result error Photoelectric error Signal collection busy Reaction unit result error Photoelectric error Lamp On Off actions are opposite Reaction unit result error Undefined commission Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reaction disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check
218. lt error Wrong simple operation parameter Reagent unit result error Bottle position error Reagent unit result error Parameter write protection Reagent unit result error Main unit sending error Reagent unit result error Main unit does not receive the reagent unit result Reaction unit warning Step missing Reaction unit warning Lamp too dark Reaction unit warning Partial data missing Reaction unit warning This instruction is neglected on current software version Reaction unit warning Photoelectric warning Filter wheel step missing Temperature unit warning Reaction temperature abnormal Temperature unit warning Reagent pre heating temperature abnormal Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor
219. m It will take a long time to search the statistic data and the screen probably can t be refreshed during this period Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to refresh and display the latest statistical results click Cancel to abort refreshing Click this button to pop up the Search dialog box where you can set the searching conditions and search the qualified results For more information about the Search dialog box refer to the following text Search Click this button to pop up the following dialog box where you can set coordinate ranges of the statistical graph x Range o 100 Y Range fo fio OK Cancel Click this button to print the statistical results 4 Advanced Operations 4 75 Search At the Results screen click Search to pop up the Search dialog box as shown in Figure 4 56 where you can search the sample results that meet the conditions Figure 4 56 Search Dialog Box Date E24 2006 12 24 2006 Samp Type Test Gender Cancel The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Void means the parameter is exclusive A N NOTE Parameter Date Samp Type Test Gender Age Description Date of sample runs that you want to search The first drop down list box is start time and the second one is end time Type of the samples that you want to search Test you want to search Gender of the patients you want to search Age of t
220. ment or your local distributor Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 1 2 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 10070001GAT5 10070001GAW5 10070001GBB5 10070001GBF5 10070001GBM5 10070001GBN5 10070001GBR5 10070001GBT5 ISE unit result error Purge A cycle error Invalid command ISE unit result error Purge A cycle error Dallas write ISE unit result error Purge B cycle error Air in calibrant B ISE unit result error Purge B cycle error No flow ISE unit result error Purge B cycle error ISE unit result error Purge B cycle error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Purge B cycle error Dallas read ISE unit result error Purge B cycle error Invalid command Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been install
221. meters of the selected calculation test Select tests that are related to the selected calculation test from the list on the top screen 4 Click the 0 9 buttons operators and Add to Formula button to edit the formula The 0 9 and operators can also be entered from the keyboard 5 If you want to save the settings click OK 4 15 4 2 Reference Refer to 4 15 1 2 Reference for details 4 15 5 Off system All the tests that are not run by the analyzer are referred to as the off system tests You can manually enter the off system test results into the system to print out them in the patient report The Off system screen is where you can manage the information of off system tests The Off system screen includes two tabs Parameters E Reference 4 96 4 Advanced Operations 4 15 5 1 Parameters Figure 4 68 Parameters Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Off system Carryover Parameters Reference Off system2 Off system3 Jofrsysteml S Off system Name Off system1 Full Name Off system5 Test No fi Result Type Quantitative gt Standard No Qual Type l z Precision Integer i Unit giml Add Delete The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Name Name of the off system test Full Name Full name of the off system test Test No No of the off system test It cannot be edited Result Type It includes Qualitative and Quantitative When you select Qualitati
222. n Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Trying to move away from the reaction disk limit position Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error No liquid surface detected Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Collision Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Step missing 6 Troubleshooting Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the reagent probe is blocked horizontally If yes remove the barrier If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Departme
223. n temperature becomes normal Figure 4 8 Start Testing Dialog Box Start Testing Disks Pending Tests Sample Disk qpa Reagent Disk No 1 reagent disk gt pe Sample All C From To OK Cancel The numbers in the Pending Tests field refer to available tests to be run number of tests requested on current sample or reagent disk The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Sample Select a sample disk that you want to run tests Disk Reagent Select a reagent disk that you want to run tests Disk All Select All to analyze all samples on the selected sample disk From To If you select From To you need to select position No from the drop down list boxes then the reader will analyze the samples you set 4 Advanced Operations 4 13 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen AN CAUTION Button OK Cancel Before clicking OK confirm samples calibrators controls and reagents have been placed in correct positions Function After selecting the virtual sample disk virtual reagent disk and the samples to be tested click this button to start analysis After selecting the virtual sample disk virtual reagent disk and the samples to be tested click this button to cancel selection and no analysis will be started 4 4 Probe Stop When you need to add samples or reagents without stopping current analysis click Probe St
224. n Community The following definition of the WEEE label applies to EU member states only The use of this symbol indicates that this product should not be treated as household waste By ensuring that this product is disposed of correctly you will help prevent bringing potential negative consequences to the environment and human health For more detailed information with regard to returning and recycling this product please consult the distributor from whom you purchased the product In Vitro diagnostic equipment Biohazard warning Risk of potentially biohazardous infection Warning Risk of personal injury or equipment damage Warning Risk of burn ON Main Power OFF Main Power ON Power OFF Power Foreword IOIOI Serial communication port Protective ground terminal Graphics All graphics including screens and printout are for illustration purposes only and must not be used for any other purpose Special Terminology In this operation manual Sample Probe refers to the same object as the Reagent Probe does When introducing software operations we call the probe Sample Probe for sample aspiration dispensing and Reagent Probe for reagent aspiration dispensing In this operation manual Sample Reagent Disk refers to the same object as the Sample Disk and Reagent Disk does When introducing software operations we call the disk Sample Disk for sample aspiration
225. n cycle error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Clean cycle error Dallas read ISE unit result error Clean cycle error Invalid command ISE unit result error Clean cycle error Dallas write 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether there is enough cleaning solution on the Sample Reagent Disk 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether th
226. n in Figure 4 79 is where you can maintain the analyzer generally A N CAUTION Do not perform any maintenance actions unless you are certain the analyzer is not testing When aligning you can send a new instruction only after the current one has been completed Otherwise warning messages will be given probably If you mis send a new instruction you can send it again after the current one has been completed and at least 30 seconds have been passed after the last sending 4 118 4 Advanced Operations 4 17 2 Figure 4 79 Daily Maintenance Screen Daily Maint ISE Log ImportExport Alignment System Status Dark Current Background Reaction Temp D Dark Current Background Preheat Temp 340 83 44765 Waste Tank 405 fos o o aare Deionized Water 450 83 44765 Printer Printer is not installed Light Intensity ps ts S S 510 83 44765 Unit Status mn 546 83 44765 Main Unit 578 83 44765 Reaction Unit 630 83 44765 Sample Unit Reagent Unit D So Ba gadis Temperature Unit Reference 1 1 Mixing Unit Startup Check Wash Enhanced Dark Current Reset The Daily Maint screen can display not only real time status of each unit of the analyzer but also the dark current and background of every wavelength Dark current refers to the AD output of the wavelength when the lamp of the photometer is switched off Background refers to the AD output of the wavelength when there is no cuvette in the opti
227. n is finished place the control samples in assigned positions on the sample disk To run QCs refer to 4 3Start To check QC results refer to 4 12 1Real time QC 4 12 2Daily QC and 4 12 3Day to Day QC 3 3 4 Programming Samples To request samples refer to 4 1Sample Request A N NOTE STAT samples are requested in the same way as routine ones except that STAT on the Sample Request screen should be selected during STAT sample requesting After requisition is finished place the samples in assigned positions on the sample disk Minimum sample volume dead volume of the sample plus total sample volume for all the tests Dead volume of sample varies from tubes and is shown in the following table 3 Basic Operations 3 7 Tube Microtube Blood Plastic Type collecti tube ng tube Dead lt 300ul lt 500ul lt 500ul Volu me To run samples refer to 4 3Start To check sample results refer to 4 6Results 3 4 Processing Results 3 4 1 Editing Test Results A CAUTION Test results can only be edited by authorized personnel To edit results of one or more sample runs refer to 4 6 2 4Edit Results To make linear transform or calibration transform to the results of one or more tests refer to 4 6 2 3Compensate Results 3 4 2 Printing Test Results To print test results refer to 4 6 2 8Print Results 3 5 Finishing Analysis 3 5 1 Exiting the Operating Software When all analysis is finished
228. n the direction of the axis until it can t proceed Tighten the nut by screwing clockwise with the other hand A CAUTION When trying to pull out the bar concentrate your force in the direction of the axis on the bar arm Biased force may damage the bar and or the axis Ensure the bar is all the way pushed to the end 6 After replacing the bar visually check whether the bar is vertical to the bar arm If not remove the bar and re install it If yes proceed to the next step 7 Pull the bar arm slightly and move the bar to a position above its wash well 5 6 4 Replacing Plunger Assembly of Syringe You should replace the old plunger assembly of syringe with a new one when m The old one has served for three months or m The old one has been used for over 100 000 tests or m The old one is apparently damaged gt gt 8 WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles CAUTION Please use our recommended consumables Other consumables may decrease the system performance Exercise caution when installing the plunger assembly Excessive force may crack the syringe The syringe gasket that has been removed and installed for 2 or 3 times must be replaced in time Always wear gloves while replacing the plunger assembly of syringe 5 Service and Maintenance 5 25 1
229. nk 2 4 5 3 6 50 dialog box 4 53 4 54 4 127 Dictionary 4 100 4 109 4 110 Dilution ratio oe 4 101 Distilled water 3 3 4 3 4 69 5 14 Double reagent 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 6 E Electromagnetic noise 8 Endpoint4 82 4 83 4 102 7 1 7 2 7 6 A 1 Equilibrium 5 27 5 28 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 Error logs 4 123 4 124 4 125 Ethanol eee 6 9 5 2 5 29 Expiration date eee 4 39 F first reagent 7 2 7 4 Fixed time 4 82 4 83 4 84 4 102 7 3 7 7 A 1 Forward Optics ce ceseeeeeees A 1 G Gasket 5 20 5 21 5 25 5 26 B 1 H Hemolysis cccecceeseeereeeeees 9 4 5 Hex wrench essseseeseeeeccsereees 5 2 High limit 4 27 4 78 4 84 4 88 4 102 7 8 Hydrochloric acid 1 3 3 3 5 2 Appendix C Index I Teter See a ene eere e AREN 4 5 INCUbAtION eee cece ceeeeeeeeeees 7 2 Incubation 0 00 ceeeececeeeeeeees 4 28 J Javel water cccccccccccceseeeceeees 1 3 K KeinetiCes 22 fete aed 7 2 7 3 Kinetic4 82 4 83 4 84 4 102 7 3 7 4 7 7 A 1 lanne 6 24 6 36 6 47 Lamp 5 4 129 4 133 5 28 B 1 Light SOULCE ieri A 1 WG a entonne 6 48 Linearity sseseseeseeeeeseesersreseeee 6 48 Linearity limit 0 0 eee 4 102 Linearity range 4 27 4 102 PAP CMU A tes cette ete 4 5 LIS host4 9 4 20 4 34 4 57 4 60 4 108 4 109 6 4 LOU NOs 4 39 4 51 4 62 Low limit 4 27 4 78 4 84 4
230. ns contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100670070005 100670080005 100670090005 100670100005 100670110005 100670120005 100670130005 100670140005 100670150005 100670160005 100670170005 100670170015 100670170025 100670170035 100670170045 100670170055 Mixing unit result error Wrong speed parameter Mixing unit result error Undefined configuration Mixing unit result parameter error Wrong configuration Mixing unit result error Undefined search Mixing unit result error Wrong searching parameter Mixing unit result error Undefined system operation Mixing unit result error Wrong system operation parameter Mixing unit result error Undefined commission Mixing unit result error parameter Wrong commissioning Mixing unit result error Not commissioning Mixing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Cannot reach the home position Mixing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Cannot move away from the home position Mix
231. ns Clicking a button enables you to access the function that it indexes An example of a button is shown below Bnttem Print E Radio button On screens which display a group of radio buttons only one item can be selected by placing a checkmark in it An example of radio buttons is shown below By Patient Radio Buttons lt C By Hospital E Checkbox On screens which display a group of checkboxes multiple items can be selected by placing a checkmark in the box An example of checkboxes is shown below Auto Rerun F Above Strongest Calibrator Checkboxes Linearity Limit Exceeded lM Linearity Range Exceeded E Edit box An edit box allows you to enter characters from keyboard An example of edit boxes is shown below There re two types of edit boxes one can only accept characters input from the keyboard while the other can accept characters not only input from the keyboard but also selected by clicking AJ or Edit Boxes Replicates cs Bar Code E Date Time control A date time control is where you can set up the date time and allows you to enter directly or select from the drop down list box An example of date time control is shown below Date Time Control Birth Date 2007 09 06 Birth Time 1 System Description E Scroll bar A scroll bar will appear on some screens when the displayed contents are too many for one screen An example of scroll bars is shown below Clicking and holding the scroll b
232. nt or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Pause dispensing and check if there is a reagent at the specified position If no add one If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the reagent probe is blocked vertically If yes remove the barrier If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reagent probe as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 35 100690220095 100690220105 100690220115 100690230005 100690240005 100690250005 100690260005 100691250005 100691270005 200650010000 200650020000 200650030000 200650040000 200650050000 200660010000 200660020000 6 36 Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Reagent disk or reaction disk is rotating Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Disabled Reagent unit result error Reagent probe vertical movement error Keep Collision Reagent unit result Undefined simple operation error Reagent unit resu
233. ntact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 23 100650100005 100650110005 100650120005 100650130005 100650140005 100650140015 100650140025 100650140045 100650140055 100650140065 100650140075 100650150005 100650150015 100650150025 100650150035 100650160005 6 24 Reaction unit resu
234. o move the sample probe to a position above the wash well Button Above Wash Well Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to dispensing position on the reaction disk To Disp Pos on Reaction Disk 4 Advanced Operations Part Button Above Disk Reaction Above Sample Disk To Asp Pos on Sample Disk Above ISE Sample Entry Port To ISE Sample Entry Port Above Diluted Sample Asp Pos To Diluted Sample Asp Pos Function Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to a position above the reaction disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to a position above the sample disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to aspirate position on the sample disk Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to a position above ISE sample entry port Click this button to send an instruction to move the sample probe to dispensing position in ISE sample entry port Click this button to send an instruction to move sample probe to a position above the diluted sample aspirate position on the reaction disk Click this button to send an instruction to move sample probe to diluted sample aspirate position on the reaction disk Reagent Probe Above Wash Well To Disp Pos on Reaction Disk Above Reaction Disk Above Reagent Disk To Asp Pos on Reagent Disk Click
235. o a position above the wash well Load the sample reagent disk Install the sample reagent disk cover 5 Service and Maintenance 5 11 5 3 2 Cleaning Mixing Bar N WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe K BIOHAZARD A Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Pull the mixing bar arm to the highest point by hand Rotate the bar arm to move the bar to a position convenient to operate AX CAUTION The tweezers can scratch the bar Exercise caution when using the tweezers to clean the bar Avoid direct contact between the tweezers and the bar Do not use excessive force when cleaning the bar Otherwise it may bend Ax NOTE We recommend the acid and alkaline wash solutions be used alternately for this purpose For instance if the acid wash solution has been used for last maintenance the alkaline wash solution had better be used for this time Use ethanol dipped gauze to gently clean the mixer until it is clean and smooth ro 4 Use tweezers to pinch deionized water soaked gauze to clean the mixing bar 5 12 5 Service and Maintenance 5 After cleaning gently pull the bar arm to its highest point and rotate the bar arm to move the bar to a position above the wash well 5
236. o the next step Modify the parameters in the Parameters area Click OK to save the change or click Cancel to ignore the change 4 11 3 Calibrator 4 50 The Calibrator screen as shown in Figure 4 39 is where you can set the basic information and concentration of calibrators 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 39 Calibrator Screen Calibration Request Results Calibrator ISE m Calibrators calibrat 1111111 2009 04 calibrat 222 2909 04 Medium calibrat 2009 04 Calibrator Information Name calibrator 3 No 23 FRUC GGT Exp Date 2009 04 09 Lot No 333 ETETA zl Position ji l Level Medium Conc Select calibrator you want to view or modify Add Delete The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Name Name of the calibrator No No of the calibrator Lot No Lot No of the calibrator Exp Date The calibrator is effective before this date Level Concentration level of the calibrator It includes High Medium and Low Position Position of the calibrator on the sample disk The first drop down list box is the No of virtual sample disk and the second is the position on the sample disk Conc It refers to concentration of the selected calibrator for the selected test A N NOTE Ensure the right expiration date is set so that the analyzer can correctly judge whether the calibrator h
237. occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor If this error occurs frequently local distributor 6 Troubleshooting contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our contact our customer Service customer Service customer Service customer Service customer Service customer Service customer Service customer Service customer Service Department or your Department or your Department or your Department or your Department or your Department or your Department or your Department or your Department or your Department or your 400001470005 400001480005 400001490005 400001500005 400001510005 400001520005 400001530005 400001540005 400001550005 400001560000 400001670008 400001680008 400001700000 400001710000 400001720000 LIS communication error Wrong event No LIS communication error Wrong process ID LIS communication error Wrong version No LIS communication error Unknown keyword identity LIS communication error Keyword identity already exists LIS communication error Unknown error LIS communication error Your query
238. oculist 3 3 Starting Analysis 3 3 1 Programming Reagent Blank As CAUTION Reagent blank is vital to obtaining correct analysis results The blank results can assist in determining whether the reagents have expired or whether the reaction background should be deducted and in eliminating the absorbance changes caused by the reagents themselves We recommend the reagent blank be run on a daily base The analyzer will use the result of the previous reagent blank run for double reagent tests that use endpoint method if no new reagent blank result is available To request reagent blanks refer to 4 11 1Calibration Request To run reagent blanks refer to 4 3Start To view reagent blank results refer to 4 11 2Results 3 Basic Operations 3 3 2 Programming Calibrators A N CAUTION You need to run the calibration again when the measurement conditions are changed such as reagent lot test parameters light source etc To request calibrations refer to 4 11 1Calibration Request After requisition is finished place the calibrators in assigned positions on the sample disk Run calibration as directed by 4 3Start To view calibration results refer to 4 11 2Results 3 3 3 Programming Controls AN CAUTION If Auto QC on the System screen is selected and QC Interval on the Test screen is not 0 the analyzer will automatically insert QC tests among sample tests To request QCs refer to 4 2QC Request After requisitio
239. ode and test 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace reference electrode and recalibrate 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace the electrode and test Replace the electrode and test Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Replace the electrode and test 1 2 1 2 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Replace the electrode and test 2 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1007000400A5 100700040045 100700040065 100700040025 100700050085 1007000500C5 1007000500E5 1007000500A5 100700050045 100700050065 100700050025 6 18 ISE unit result error Cl Na electrodes voltage noise Cal B Sample ISE unit result error K electrode voltage noise Cal B Sample ISE unit result error K Na electrodes voltage noise Cal B Sample ISE unit result error Na electrode voltage noise Cal B Sample ISE unit result error Cl electrode voltage noise Cal Ain calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Cl K electrodes voltage noise Cal A in calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Cl K Na electrodes voltage noise Cal A in calib mode
240. on Curve Reagent Blank Trend Reagent Blank Trend Result Trend Curve QC Data Summary QC Statistics QC RESULTS Prev Real time QC Prev QC Reaction Curve Pew Other QC Plot Prev Calib Reac Curve Prev Default Calib Para Prev All Calib Para Prev Calibration Curve ree Pew Results Trend Curve QC DATA SUMMARY Pe Pee QC RESULT STATISTICS i Reaction Data Reaction Curve Data Prev ISE Calib Para ISE Calibration Results Prev Print Task 4 Advanced Operations 4 117 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Template Click these buttons to select bcr files as the templates Buttons Def Click this button to adopt the default template Prev Click this button to preview the current template Restore Click to adopt the default templates for all reports curve Default diagrams and charts etc OK After clicking the template button Def or Restore Default button click this button to save the settings Cancel After clicking the template button Def or Restore Default button click this button to ignore the settings 4 17 Maintenance Click Maintenance to enter the screen where you can maintain the analyzer and data The following sections introduce the Maintenance screen by tab 4 17 1 Daily Maintenance The Daily Maint screen as show
241. on Function Probe stop If the system is in testing status and the sample calibrator or control position to be changed or the target position is on the sample disk currently running you should first stop the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk Click this button to stop the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk and the button will change into Resume After exchanging the positions click Resume to continue OK Click this button to save the new sample position you have set Cancel Click this button to cancel the new sample position you have set A N CAUTION Do not put the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk on hold for a long time Otherwise certain analyses may be affected 4 13 2 Reagent Disk The Reagent Disk screen as shown in Figure 4 51 is used to display the current status of the reagent disk 4 68 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 51 Reagent Disk Screen Sample Disk Reagent Disk Reaction Disk Disk No 1 reagent disk Position 36 Type Distilled Water Inventory vol 400000 Detergent Cleaning Solution Diluent BB Distilled Water Insufficient Exhausted QV OZ er gy L Refresh All Refresh Inventory Release All At this screen the reagent disk graph on the left displays current status of each reagent position Click a position to display its reagent information on the right AX NOTE When you select one position of a double reagent test b
242. on Methods 7 15 7 16 7 Calculation Methods Appendix A System Specifications A 1 Technical Specifications Throughput Maximum of 100 tests hour Number of simultaneous measurements 13 double reagent tests or 26 single reagent tests Analytical methods Endpoint Fixed time and Kinetic All of the three methods support double reagent and double wavelength Sample reagent disk 8 sample tube positions and 28 reagent bottle positions a refrigerator is provided to keep the temperature at 4 15 centigrade Sample volume 3ul 45ul with increment of 0 5ul Reagent volume 30ul 450ul with increment of 1ul STAT samples Emergent samples can be analyzed at any time with highest priority Probe Capable of detecting liquid level and obstructions and tracking liquid level Washing system The probe and mixing bar can be washed automatically Auto dilute and rerun Mixing bar For single reagent tests it functions immediately after sample dispensing for double reagent tests it functions immediately after dispensing of the second reagent Reaction disk 40 reaction cuvettes Reaction temperature 37 C Reaction cuvettes 5mmx6mmx30mm 5mm optical path disposable 900ul Reaction volume 180 500uI Photometric system Interference filters of 8 wavelengths forward optics Light source Tungsten halogen lamp 12V 20VA Wavelength 340nm 405nm 450nm 510nm 546nm 578nm 630nm and 670nm Measuring period 36 seconds Interval bet
243. on the Daily Maint screen to perform the startup check after aligning Refer to 4 17 1 Daily Maintenance for details There are two tabs on the Alignment screen E System E Motion The following sections introduce the Alignment screen by tab 4 17 5 1 System 4 128 The System screen as shown in Figure 4 86 is where you can maintain the analyzer Figure 4 86 System Screen Daily Maint ISE Log Import Export Alignment System Motion Unit Main Unit g ieee Handshake Instructions Reset System Status Syri Status __System Status _ JUE Shut Down Self check Result Temperature F Reset Reset Result Target Temp Reset Pre Instr Error Lamp Status Liquid Level Pre Instr Result Disk Status Position Probe Arm Hor Mixing Bar Hor Liquid Level Probe Arm Ver Mixing Bar Ver Photoelectrical Position Photo Data Position A Normal Data aei 4 Advanced Operations The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Unit Select a unit you want to maintain Position Enter a position No to search relevant parameters The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button System Status Self check Result Reset Result Pre Instr Error Pre Instr Result Probe Arm Hor Probe Arm Ver Syringe Status Temperature Target Temp Lamp Status Disk Status Mixing Bar Pos Handshake
244. one point linear calibration two point linear calibration and multi point linear calibration They are mainly used for tests determined by colorimetry Nonlinear calibration includes Logit Log 4P Logit Log 5P Exponential 5P Polynomial 5P Parabola and Spline They are mainly used for tests determined by turbidity In this section m R calibrator response C calibrator concentration activity m K Ro a b c calibration parameters Calculating Linear Calibration Parameters One point linear calibration Calibration formula R aC l COPY APES R This calibration method adopts only one calibration parameter a a Fa This calibration method requires only one calibrator 7 Calculation Methods 7 2 3 2 Two point linear calibration Calibration formula R aC b This calibration method adopts two calibration parameters a and b where R R R R a b R 7 C C C C C This calibration method requires two calibrators C4 and C2 are respectively the concentrations of calibrator 1 and calibrator 2 R and R are respectively the responses of calibrator 1 and calibrator 2 Multi point linear calibration Calibration formula R aC b This calibration method adopts two calibration parameters a and b This calibration method requires n n23 calibrators C is the concentration of calibrator i R is the response of calibrator i a and b can be obtained through the method of least squares SCR OO Ria a t
245. ong time To wipe off dust from the system surface use a soft clean and wet not too wet cloth soaked with mild soap solution if necessary to clean the surface Do not use such organic solvents as ethanol for cleaning After cleaning wipe the surface with dry cloth Switch off all the powers and unplug the power cord before cleaning Take necessary measures to prevent water ingression into the system otherwise it may lead to equipment damage or personal injury Replacement of such major parts as lamp photometer sample probe mixer and syringe plunger assembly must be followed by a calibration Replacement of lamp must be done after the power has been placed to off for at least 15 minutes CAUTION Use samples that are completely free of insoluble substances like fibrin or suspended matter otherwise the probe may be blocked Medicines anticoagulants or preservative in the samples may lead to unreliable results Hemolysis icterus or lipemia in the samples may lead to unreliable test results so a sample blank is recommended Store the samples properly Improper storage may change the compositions of the samples and lead to unreliable results Sample volatilization may lead to unreliable results Do not leave the sample open for a long period Some samples may not be analyzed on the system based on parameters the reagents claim capable of testing Consult the reagent manufacturer or distributor for details Certain samp
246. onnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the reaction disk as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains start the startup check again as instructed by 4 17 1 Daily Maintenance If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 400000590000 400000600008 400000610008 400000620008 400000630008 400000640008 400000650008 400000660008 400000670008 400000680008 400000690008 400000700008 400000710000 400000720000 400000730000 400000810001 Operating softwa
247. ons you have set Cancel Click this button to cancel searching To Set Cost and Price 1 Select the test you need to set in the Price list 2 Enter numbers in the Cost and Price edit boxes 3 If you want to save the setting click OK 4 15Parameters Click Parameters to enter the screen where you can set tests ISE profiles calculation tests off system tests carryover etc The following sections introduce the Parameters screen by tab 4 15 1 Test The Test screen is where you can set test parameters reference ranges calibration and QC rules of tests The Test screen includes the following tabs Parameters Reference Calibration Qc 4 Advanced Operations 4 81 4 15 1 1 Parameters 4 82 Figure 4 61 Parameters Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Off system Carryover a Parameters Reference Calibration ac Test ALB R1 300 No abo R2 00 Full Name ALBUMIN Sample Volume Bs Standard No its s S R1 Blank Lo Hooo Reac Type Endpoint xf Mixed Rgt Blank a Pri Wave 630mm sd Linearity Range a Sec Wave sonm Linearity Limit S Direction increase ss Substrate Limit SS Reac Time fo 3 Factor 234 Incuba Time e l Prozone check Unit Ja af ef aof af Precision 0 1 h PC P Abs _ P a test you want to view Add Delete OK Cancel The following table explains the parameters on the Parameters screen AN NOTE Please set parameters according to
248. ontact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100640250007 100640260007 100640270007 100640280007 100640290007 100640300007 100640310007 100650010005 100650020005 100650030005 100650040005 100650040015 100650040025 100650040035 100650040045 00650040055 100650050005 100650060005 100650070005 100650080005 100650090005
249. op to pop up the dialog box as shown in Figure 4 9 where you can pause the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk 4 14 Figure 4 9 Confirm Dialog Box 1 You have chosen to pause dispensing Tests with reagents and samples dispensed will be proceeded but tests with reagents and samples not dispensed will be paused Do you want to continue Cancel The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button OK Cancel Function Click this button to pause the sample probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk On the reaction disk the tests that have finished dispensing sample and reagent s will continue and the remaining ones will be paused Then the Probe Stop button changes to Resume click it to pop up the screen as shown in Figure 4 9 Click OK to resume the sample probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk or click Cancel to stay Click this button to cancel pausing the sample probe mixing bar and the sample reagent disk without affecting the analysis 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 10 Confirm Dialog Box 2 You have chosen to resume dispensing You can t add new reagents and samples to reagent disk and sample disk after resuming Do you want to continue PA CAUTION Do not put the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk on hold for a long time Otherwise certain analyses may be affected 4 5 Stop To stop analysis click Stop to pop up th
250. orbance reading t end time for absorbance reading m Double wavelength for both single reagent and double reagent The calculation method is similar to that for single wavelength reaction except for every measurement period the absorbance is the difference between primary wavelength absorbance and secondary wavelength absorbance Calculating Response of Kinetic Reaction Single wavelength for both single reagent and double reagent R R R 7 Calculation Methods 7 7 R and R are calculated through the method of least squares Where R original response S R reagent blank response R will be the response of the latest reagent blank If no reagent blank has been required R 0 Formula with the method of least squares M T T A A i R z a T Where high limit of linear range M low limit of linear range A absorbance at i A average absorbance between and M Ti time atl T average time between and M Double wavelength for both single reagent and double reagent The calculation method is similar to that for single wavelength reaction except for every measurement period the absorbance is the difference between primary wavelength absorbance and secondary wavelength absorbance 7 2 3 Calculating Calibration Parameters 7 2 3 1 The system provides two calibration methods linear calibration and nonlinear calibration Linear calibration includes
251. orking page area The middle part of the screen is the working page area This area displays relevant parameters procedures results and graphs In the lower part of the working page lies the indication area which displays explanation of the element pointed by the mouse pointer Operator area The name of current operator is displayed in the lower left corner of the screen 1 System Description Warning messages area The bottom area of the screen is referred to as the warning messages area and used to display alarm and error messages of the system By selecting o A you can view the previous or next alarm error message Clear button Click ar to clear the contents displayed in the warning messages area 1 2 2 Screen Elements E Dialog box Dialog box is the most ordinary component for man machine conversation An example of a dialog box is shown below Scan Sample Barcode Range All C From S55 7 To Dialog Box E Tab Clicking a tab enables you to access the working page that it indexes An example of tabs is shown below Tabs Real ti DailyQc DayteDayac oC Sum Control Test Rule Westgard Multi rule fro Name meant oem f __ S S S S E Drop down list box A drop down list box allows you to select an item from the list An example of a drop down list box is shown below Serum Drop down List Box 1 System Description 1 9 E Butto
252. ormance may be degraded Do not use reaction cuvettes other than the specified ones otherwise system performance will not be achieved as promised 1 1 1 5 Photoelectric System The photometric system located in the analyzing unit measures the absorbance of the reaction mixture in the cuvette The photometric system provides 8 wavelengths for measurement 340nm 405nm 450nm 510nm 546nm 578nm 630nm and 670nm 1 1 1 6 ISE Unit optional 1 6 The ISE unit optional consists of ISE module pump module and reagent module and can measure the concentration of Na K and Cl in serum plasma and diluted urine 1 System Description Figure 1 7 ISE Unit Zz 9 Description Peristaltic Pump Bracket Reagent Pack Seat Shielding Box Untapered Tapping Screw 4 channel ISE Module Shielding Box Cover Pan Head Screw M4x12 Plain Washer GB97 1 4 Spring Washer GB93 4 0 Cheese Socket Head Screw M4x10 11 Plain Washer GB97 1 2 5 12 Spring Washer GB93 2 5 13 Cross Pan Head Screw M2 5x6 OF CO N o of A ojl N gt The volume of the serum or plasma sample is 7Oul and that of the diluted urine sample is 140ul The dilution ratio of the urine sample is 1 10 1 part of urine sample and 9 parts of urine diluent There are five electrodes including Lit Spacer Na K Cl and reference electrodes in the ISE module Reagent module is integrated with Calibrant A Ca
253. oth of the two positions will be selected and their reagent information will be displayed on the right side If the remaining reagent distilled water or wash solution is not enough or exhausted you must click the Refresh button after adding more The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Refresh All After adding more reagents distilled water or wash solution to all the bottles on the reagent disk select the corresponding virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop down list box and then click this button to refresh leftover of all the positions with bottles on the graph to full Refresh When reagent distilled water or wash solution is not enough or exhausted after adding more to it select the corresponding virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop down list box and the reagent position on the reagent disk graph and then click this button to refresh leftover of the position on the graph to full 4 Advanced Operations 4 69 Button Function Place After selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop down list box and an empty position on the reagent disk graph click this button to pop up the following dialog box ALT R1 1 1 0 R2 1 2 0 GGT R1 1 3 0 R2 1 4 0 Ca R1 1 6 0 R2 1 5 0 Ma R1 1 7 0 R2 1 11 0 P R1 1 8 0 R2 1 12 0 TP R1 1 9 0 R 1 13 n zl Cancel Click OK to put the selected reagent in the selected reagent position click Cancel to abort the setting Change Pos Aft
254. out the Search Calibration Results dialog box refer to the following text Search ISE Calibration Results Print Click this button to print all calibration results in the result list Delete Click this button to delete the selected calibration result Search ISE Calibration Results At the ISE screen click Search to pop up the Search Calibration Results dialog box as shown in Figure 4 41 where you can search the ISE calibration results that meet the conditions 4 Advanced Operations 4 53 Figure 4 41 Search Calibration Results Dialog Box Search Calibration Results Date From PAI 2 28 z To 2006 1 2 28 The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Date From Start date of ISE calibrations that you want to search To End date of ISE calibrations that you want to search The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to search for calibration runs that meet the conditions you have set Cancel Click this button to cancel searching 4 12QC 4 12 1 4 54 Click QC to enter the screen which is used to display results of real time QC daily QC and day to day QC and set controls The following sections introduce the QC screen by tab Real time QC The Real time QC screen as shown in Figure 4 42 is used to display the Westgard Multi rule QC graph for the recent 10 QCs of the current day 4 Advanced Operations Fig
255. oving the sample tube rack so that no liquid will spill out of the tubes gt K To load or unload sample tubes quickly you can install or remove the entire sample rack from the sample reagent disk To remove the sample rack grab the handle on the sample rack and pull the handle upwards to remove the sample rack To install the sample rack grab the handle on the sample rack align the holes at the bottom of the rack to the counterpart pins on the sample reagent disk and then install the sample rack with its arc protrusion at the bottom fitting into the groove on the sample reagent disk Figure 2 3 Sample Rack Handle Sample rack Sample Reagent disk 2 Installation 2 7 2 8 Installing Removing Reagent Bottles WARNING Before installing removing the reagent bottles make sure the sample reagent disk and the probe have been stopped Do not use reagent bottles other than the specified Some reagents may hurt human skins Exercise caution when using the reagents In case your skin or clothes contact them wash them off with clean water In case the reagents spill into your eyes rinse them with much water and consult an oculist To load reagent bottles insert the bottle into the bottle holder until the bottom of the bottle contacts the groove of the holder To remove the reagent bottles grab the bottle and pull it upward to remove it from the bottle holder 2 9 Installing Removing Cuvettes 2 8 A N WARNING
256. owing dialog box You have chosen to delete a profile s You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Tests in the deleted profile s won t be affected Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to delete the selected profile click Cancel to abort the deletion OK After selecting a profile and editing its name or selecting tests for it click this button to save the setting Cancel After selecting a profile and editing its name or selecting tests for it click this button to cancel the setting 4 15 4 Calculation Calculating certain tests can derive certain new tests of clinical purpose such as A G TBil DBil and so forth The Calculation screen is where you can set parameters and formulas for calculation tests The Calculation screen includes two tabs m Parameters m Reference 4 94 4 Advanced Operations 4 15 4 1 Parameters Figure 4 67 Parameters Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Off system Carryover Calculation1 Parameters Reference Calculation2 Calculation3 TP AST Tc P ALB IGA ALP CAI DBIL CK AMY LDHL TG UA HDL LDL MG APOAI LP A Idhp H20 AMY S Off system1 Off system2 Off system3 Off system4 Off system5 K Na cl car Calculation ALT CA M HDL Test No _ a ia Standard No e 0 1 2 3 4 cha Precision integer 5 6 7 8 9 HDL Full Name E i Unit giml hd Clear Add Delete The following table explains the parameters on th
257. owing configuration as needed Before requesting tests perform the following steps to finish the settings 3 Basic Operations 3 5 To set the options regarding the basic parameters of the system and data dictionaries refer to 4 16 1System To set the options regarding the hospital information refer to 4 16 2Hospital To set the options regarding parameters of calibrators refer to 4 11 3Calibrator To set the options regarding parameters of controls refer to 4 12 4Control To set the options regarding test parameters reference calibration rule and quality control QC rule refer to 4 15 1Test To set the options regarding the reagent parameters refer to 4 10Reagent To set the options regarding the carryover information among tests refer to 4 15 6Carryover To set the options regarding the printing parameters refer to 4 16 4Print 3 2 5 Preparing Reagents Load reagents to their assigned positions on the reagent disk and then remove the bottle caps Please select correct bottle type as configured so that the reagent inventory can be checked accurately A N WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe Some reagents may hurt human skins Exercise caution when using the reagents In case your skin or clothes contact them wash them off with clean water In case the reagents spill into your eyes rinse them with much water and consult an
258. period as 0 For the single reagent test the start time refers to the point when the photoelectrical data is measured in the sample dispensing period and the start period must not be negative for the double reagent test the start time refers to the point when the photoelectrical data is measured in the second reagent dispensing period and the start period can be negative The system assigns the incubation time as 5 minutes Unit of the result Precision of the result It refers to the volume 180 450ul of the first reagent to be dispensed for the reaction Increment is 1 A N NOTE The sum of the entered R1 Sample Volume and R2 as needed must be 183ul 500ul It refers to the volume 30 450ul of the second reagent to be dispensed for the reaction Increment is 1 If the reaction doesn t need the second reagent enter 0 A N NOTE The sum of the entered R1 Sample Volume and R2 as needed must be 183ul 500ul It refers to the sample volume 3 45ul to be dispensed for the reaction Increment is 0 5 A N NOTE The sum of the entered R1 Sample Volume and R2 as needed must be 183ul 500ul 4 Advanced Operations 4 83 4 84 Parameter R1 Blank Mixed Rot Blank Linearity Range Linearity Limit Substrate Limit Factor Prozone check qi q2 q3 q4 PC Abs Description It refers to the allowed absorbance range of the R1 blank R1 refers to the reagent of a single reagent test or
259. ple Delete all Delete all samples on the selected sample disk The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to release the selected sample position or delete the sample Cancel Click this button to cancel the releasing or deletion 4 Advanced Operations 4 7 Ax CAUTION O R a sample will invalidate all tests related to the sample 4 1 3 Change Position At the Sample Request screen click Change Pos to pop up the Change Sample Position dialog box where you can change sample positions on the sample disk Figure 4 4 Change Sample Position Dialog Box Original Sample Disk Target Sample Disk No 2 sample disk ha Changeable No 3 sample disk fa Changeable Positions Positions STAT Pos Sa The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Probe stop If the system is in testing status and the sample position to be changed or the target position is on the sample disk currently running you should first stop the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk Click this button to stop the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk and the button will change into Resume After exchanging the positions click Resume to continue Change Select the current and target sample disks the sample locates from the Original Sample Disk and Target Sample Disk and select the current and target positions of the sample
260. ple ID and test date into sample information Symb The system provides six symbologies which are Code128 Code39 Codabar ITF UPC EAN and Code93 Code128 is selected by default Check Check digit It means whether check information for related item is needed The check box is not ticked by default The following table explains parameters of reagent bar code on the Bar Code screen Parameter Description Start Start position of related item in the entire sample bar code 4 106 4 Advanced Operations Parameter Length All Test No Test Name Rgt Type Bottle No Bottle Type Lot No Exp Date Reagent Barcode Extract Information Symb Check Description Total length of related item in the entire sample bar code Entire sample bar code It should be within 15 30 Unique number of test assigned by the system It should be 0 or 2 4 digits e g 001 indicates the test whose number is 1 Name of test It should be within 0 10 digits Type of reagent It should be 1 digit e g R1 is represented by 1 and R2 by 2 No of reagent bottle It should be 3 5 digits Type of reagent bottle It should be 1 3 digits e g The system can hold two types of reagent bottles 20ml and 40ml which are respectively indicated by 1 and 2 Lot No of reagent It should be 3 5 digits Expiration date of reagent It should be 4 6 or 8 digits e g 20071012 means October 12 2007 071012 means October 12
261. ple is added The reaction starts when they are mixed At t the reaction reaches equilibrium and the absorbance reading is taken The reaction periodis t to f 7 Calculation Methods 7 1 Figure 7 2 Double reagent Endpoint Reaction Curve A ti t2 t3 t4 t As shown in Figure 7 2 t is the time when the first reagent is added and is the time when the sample is added incubation starts when they are mixed t is the time when the second reagent is added then the reaction starts when they are mixed At t the reaction reaches equilibrium and the absorbance reading is taken t to t is the incubation period and f to t is the reaction period The endpoint reaction is largely insensitive to minor changes in such condition changes as amount of enzyme pH and temperature provided the changes are not significant enough to affect the reaction time 7 1 2 Fixed Time For the fixed time reaction method namely first order kinetic method or initial rate method the reaction velocity v within a specific period is directly proportional to the substrate concentration S namely v k S As the substrate is consumed continuously the reaction velocity becomes smaller and smaller and so does the change rate of the absorbance It takes much time for such a reaction to reach equilibrium Theoretically the absorbance reading can be taken at any time The reaction can however become steady only after a delay because it is complicated a
262. plied to the calibration curve that the response increases sharply when the concentration reaches a specific value See Figure 7 9 Figure 7 9 Exponential 5p calibration curve R C1C2 C3 C4 C5 C Polynomial 5P R R R R R R Calibration formula In C a b 2 eC 0 4 d 100 100 100 This calibration method adopts five parameters R a b c and d 7 10 7 Calculation Methods This calibration method requires at least five calibrators The concentration or activity of calibrator 1 is 0 and the corresponding R is equalto R Parabola Calibration formula R aC bC c This calibration method adopts three parameters a b and c This calibration method requires at least three calibrators The calibration parameters can be calculated through the method of polynomial least squares Spline Calibration formula R Ry a C C b C C C C This calibration method requires 2 to 6 calibrators The number of calibrators is set to be n so the calibration method has 4 n 1 parameters in total R a b and C 1 7 2 4 Calculating Concentration 7 2 4 1 Calculating Concentration of Linearly Calibrated Sample control One point linear calibration R C a Where a calibration parameter Two point linear calibration _R b a C Where a b calibration parameters Multi point linear calibration R b a C Where 7 Calculation Methods 7 11 a b calibration parameter
263. position Otherwise it may lead to probe or mixing bar collision Before operating the reaction disk ensure the probe and the mixing bar are already away from it Otherwise moving disk may bend the probe or the mixing bar Before operating the sample reagent disk ensure the probe is already away from it Otherwise moving disk may bend the probe NOTE If no test is to be run for a long time and you have no intention to exit the operating software you can turn off the lamp to maximize its service life 4 Advanced Operations 5 Service and Maintenance To ensure reliability good performance and service life of the system regular maintenance is required Follow the instructions given below to maintain the system Even you re only an operator it s very important for you to learn this chapter Your thorough understanding will help you obtain the best performance of the system In case of problems beyond your ability or not covered in this chapter be sure to contact our customer service department or your local distributor Ak WARNING Do not perform any maintenance procedures that are not described in this chapter Otherwise system damage and personal injury may be caused Do not touch the components other than the ones specified in this chapter Performing unauthorized maintenance procedures may damage your system void any applicable warranty or service contract and even cause personal injury After performing any maint
264. r Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 41 300691261265 400000010009 400000020009 400000030009 400000040009 400000050000 400000060000 400000070000 400000080009 400000110007 400000120009 400000130008 400000140008 400000150009 400000160000 400000180009 400000190009 400000200009 6 42 Reagent unit response error No response or timeout System environment error Operating system error System environment error System language library does not exist System environment error Text resource library does not exist System environment error Resolution error System environment error Wrong color System environment error Screen saver shutdown error System environment error Sle
265. r and the filter back onto the tank until secure 5 2 2 Emptying Waste Tank amp A BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of the wastewater in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal and consult the manufacturer or distributor of the reagents for details CAUTION When placing the waste tank ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed Ensure the waste tube is over the tank and not blocked bent or twisted A blocked bent or twisted waste tube may lead to wastewater overflow that may damage the analyzer 5 Service and Maintenance 5 3 Place the Power to OFF Ao BIOHAZARD we After removing the cap of the waste tank together with the tube and sensor place it on an appropriate place to avoid infection Unscrew counter clockwise the tank cap and remove it together with the waste tube and the sensor from the tank Empty the waste tank Screw clockwise the cap together with the waste tube and the sensor back onto the tank until secure 5 2 3 Checking Connection of Deionized Water 5 4 A N CAUTION When placing the deionized water tank ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform of the analyzer Ensure the deionized water pickup tube is not blocked bent or twisted Place the Power to OFF Check the connections between the two connectors green and red marke
266. ration too high ABL Absorbance too low ABH Absorbance too high RBL Reagent blank too low RBH Reagent blank too high MBL R2 blank too low MBH R2 blank too high SBL Sample blank too low SBH Sample blank too high BOE Substrate depleted PRO Prozone check abnormal COV Calibration parameter calculation failed CSD Calibration SD too high FAC Factor difference too high COL Correlation coefficient too low DUP Incomplete replicate calibration data MON Calibration curve not monotonic CCE Concentration calculation failed NID Incomplete test data NDP Incomplete replicate test data UCL Out of control 4 Advanced Operations 4 27 ASD Sample dispensing delayed R2D R2 dispensing delayed LDD Photoelectric measurement delayed EDP Replicate error too high BRL Blank response too low BRH Blank response too high SEN Calibration sensitivity too low ICB Incubation ETR Measurement range exceeded EDT Result edited CAL Result compensated RCC Calibration result calculated 4 6 2 5 Reaction Curve At the History screen after selecting a test click Reac Curve to pop up the Reaction Curve dialog box as shown in Figure 4 20 where you can view the reaction curve of the test Figure 4 20 Reaction Curve Dialog Box Z Date 2007 8 29 9 33 07 Result 41 5 Sa Ref Range Test Sample ID Patient ALT Sample Position 2 1 Cuvette Position 16 gt Reaction Curv
267. rce connector 4 Loosen the retaining screws with hands and then remove the lamp backwardly oN O A Install a new lamp by securing it with the retaining screws Connect the light source cable to the corresponding jack Install the panel back to the box and tighten the screws After new lamp is installed run starting procedure enter the software interface and check the background of the 8 wavelengths at the Maintenance interface If the background is lower than 65535 the replacement is successful In case the background reaches 65535 please contact our customer service department or your local distributor Daily Maint System Status Reaction Temp Preheat Temp Waste Tank Deionized Water Printer Light Intensity Unit Status Main Unit Reaction Unit Sample Unit Reagent Unit Temperature Unit Mixing Unit Startup Check 5 30 ISE Log imporjExport Alignment Dark Curren Background Dark Current Background 340 f 405 450 A 510 546 578 f 630 670 Relerence Recover 5 Service and Maintenance 5 6 7 Replacing ISE Components Optional iO BIOHAZARD A A To prevent infection always wear gloves goggles and protective clothing when doing the maintenance Dispose of the waste in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal CAUTION Use the consumables recommended by our company Other consumables may degra
268. rched Skip Sent Select this check box to neglect the results that are already sent to LIS The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to send the specified test results to LIS Cancel Click this button to abort the sending oepration 4 7 Replace To replace the cuvettes click Replace to pop up the dialog box as shown in Figure 4 26 4 34 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 26 Confirm Dialog Box 4 You have chosen to replace a cuvette segments You can unload used segments or load clean ones Do you want to continue Cancel The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to pop up the Replace dialog box as shown in Figure 4 26 Cancel Click this button to cancel replacing Figure 4 27 Replace Dialog Box Place clean cuvette segment in current position and select next one you want to replace Click Replace to start replacing or click Finish to cancel Current Cuvette Seg 1 All Used Next Cuvette Seg 2 All Used I Keep Cuvettes l Retest Background Finish 4 Advanced Operations 4 35 The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Current Next Keep Cuvettes Retest Background Description You can load unload a cuvette segment at this position on the reaction disk It cannot be edited You will load unload
269. re error Lamp intensity on the low side Operating software error Lamp intensity too low Can t test Operating software error Dark current checking failed Operating software error Dark current too large Operating software error Both AD values are too similar Operating software error Off AD is larger than the On AD Operating software error Lamp turning on failed Operating software error Lamp turning off failed Operating software error Ambient temperature too high Operating software error Ambient temperature too low Operating software error Reaction temperature too high Operating software error Reaction temperature too low Operating software error Temperature fluctuation Operating software error Sending buffer overflows Operating software error buffer overflows Receiving Test result error No balance point found in 6 Troubleshooting Check the lamp as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the lamp as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the lamp
270. recalibrate Replace reference electrode Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Remove the electrode to inspect the O rings Replace the Reagent Pack and retest Remove electrode tap to dislodge bubble reinstall and recalibrate Replace reference electrode Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100700070045 100700070065 100700070025 100701250005 100701260005 100701270005 100640010007 100640020007 100640030007 100640040007 100640050007 ISE unit result error K electrode out of slope range ISE unit result error K Na electrodes out of slope range ISE unit result error Na electrode out of slope range ISE unit result error Instruction sending failed ISE unit result error Main unit does not receive response from ISE unit ISE unit result error Main unit does not receive results from ISE unit Main unit result error Command error Main unit result error Self check error Main unit result error Shaking hands with other units Main unit result error Shaking hands with other units error Main unit result error E2PROM read error Remove the electrode to inspect the O rings Replace the Reagent Pack and retest Remove electrode tap to dislodge bubble reinstall and recalibrate Replace reference electrode Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Remove the el
271. red sphere in the reference electrode floats on the top of the internal fill solution in the reservoir Place the reference electrode inside the housing by pressing down the compression plate and push it straight against the back of the housing Release the compression plate and ensure the electrode cannot be easily moved Insert the reference electrode Press the compression plate Remove the Chloride electrode from its protective packaging and place it 2 Installation 2 13 oN O A in the ISE module housing in the same way as the reference electrode Repeat the process for the Potassium electrode Repeat the process for the Sodium electrode Repeat the process for the Lithium electrode or the spacer Push all the electrodes simultaneously to ensure they are in correct alignment Sample Entry Port Reference Electrode Compression Plate All the electrodes for spacer Na K and Cl are of the same size and shape Connection pins at the rear of each electrode are different and ensure that the electrodes are inserted in the correct order So if one of the electrodes can not be easily pushed into the housing check the electrode first then repeat the installation process Install the shielding box cover Close the ISE unit door To remove the electrodes follow the steps below Place the POWER to OFF Open the ISE unit door Unscrew the cover of the shielding box and you will see the electrode housing Take
272. reen after selecting a virtual reagent disk from the Disk drop down list box and a reagent position on the reagent disk graph click Change Pos to pop up the Change Position dialog box as shown in Figure 4 52 Figure 4 52 Change Position Dialog Box Change Position Disk Position old m s Changeable Changeable Cancel The following table explains parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Old Current position of the selected reagent on the reagent disk New New position of the selected reagent on the reagent disk Disk No of the virtual reagent disk Void means the selected reagent is not on the reagent disk Position Position on the selected virtual reagent disk Void means the selected reagent is not on the reagent disk 4 Advanced Operations 4 71 The following table introduces buttons of the dialog box Button Function Probe stop If the system is in testing status and the reagent position to be changed or the target position is on the reagent disk currently running you should first stop the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk Click this button to stop the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk and the button will change into Resume After exchanging the position click Resume to continue OK Click this button to save the new reagent position you have set Cancel Click this button to cancel the new reagent position you have set N CAUTION Do not put the probe
273. revent injury exercise caution when working around the probe The acid or alkaline wash solution may hurt human skins Exercise caution when handling the wash solution MO BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal 1 Place the Power to OFF Remove the cover from the sample reagent disk Remove the sample reagent disk 5 Service and Maintenance 5 9 5 10 4 6 Pull the probe arm to the highest point by hand Rotate the probe arm to move the probe to a position above the sample reagent compartment and convenient to operate CAUTION The tweezers may scratch the probe Exercise caution when using it to clean the probe Avoid direct contact between the tweezers and the probe Do not use excessive force when cleaning the probe Otherwise it may bend NOTE We recommend the acid and alkaline wash solutions be used alternately for this purpose For instance if the acid wash solution has been used for last maintenance the alkaline wash solution had better be used for this time Use ethanol dipped gauze to gently wipe the exterior of the probe until it is clean and smooth Use tweezers to pinch deionized water soaked gauze to clean the probe 5 Service and Maintenance After cleaning gently pull the probe arm to its highest point and rotate the probe arm to move the probe t
274. rning messages will be recorded in the system log The log will record the time level code and detailed message of each warning to help you record and search errors Refer to 4 17 3Log for details about the log In case of an error warning message check its error code on the Logs screen and then check the table below for recommended corrective measures 6 1 Classification of Error Messages On the system the error messages are divided into different types according to their severity Severity Warning Level Description Actions taken by the system 0 Errors to neglect The system only reminds you of the errors and will not take any actions 1 Errors to flag tests The system flags the tests to which abnormity 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 Errors to invalidate sample Errors to skip sample Errors to invalidate reagent Errors to skip reagent Errors to invalidate sample reagent Severity Pausing Level 7 Description Errors to pause mixing bar Errors to pause probe occurs or whose results are unreliable When a test is invalidated due to the abnormal sample the system will rerun the test immediately Samples for certain tests are used out The system ignores all tests related to the sample and continues with other tests You can refill the sample and resume the tests after other tests are finished or after clicking the Probe Stop button When a test is invalidated due to the erroneous reag
275. ror Test result error Response of exceeds the one of weakest calibrator Test result error Response of exceeds the one of strongest calibrator Test result error Concentration of exceeds the low limit of linear range Test result error Concentration of exceeds the high limit of linear range Test result error Absorbance of too low Test result error Reagent blank of too high Test result error R2 blank of too low Test result error R2 blank of too high Test result error Sample blank of too low Test result error R2 blank of too high Test result error Sample blank of too low Test result error Sample blank of too high Check the test parameters and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the test parameters and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the test parameters and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the calibrator and calibration rule and rerun the test If this error occurs frequently contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Chec
276. ror remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check the mixing bar as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Turn off the analyzing unit and check if the mixing bar is blocked horizontally If yes remove the barrier If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 27 100670170065 100670170075 100670170085 100670170095 100670190015 100670190025 100670200005 100670210005 100670220005 100670230005 100671250005 100671270005 100680010005 100680020005 100680030005 100680040005 100680040015 100680040025 100680040035 6 28 Mixing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Step missing Mixing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Wrong direction Mixing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Horizontal position error Mixing unit result error Mixing bar vertical movement error Reaction disk is rotating Mixing unit result error Mixing bar motor error Cannot start up Mixing unit result error Mixing bar motor error Cannot shut down Mixing unit result error Write protection Mixing unit result error Mixing bar selection error Mixing unit result error Un
277. rp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the mixing bar When replacing the bar pinch the bar only by the knurled part and do not touch the other part of the bar Protect the flat part of the bar from been scratched BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of the damaged mixing bar in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal CAUTION Please use our recommended consumables Other consumables may decrease the system performance 5 Service and Maintenance 5 23 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Gently pull the bar arm to its highest point and move the bar to a position convenient to operate A CAUTION When trying to pull out the bar concentrate your force in the direction of the axis on the bar arm Biased force may damage the bar and or the axis Pinch the bar by the knurled part with one hand and unscrew counter clockwise the retaining nut with the other hand until the mixing bar looses Pull the bar downward to remove it and remove the nut 4 Align the new mixing bar to the bigger hole end of the retaining nut and gently screw it into the nut until the end of the bar is in line with the smaller hole end of the nut Retaining Nut Knurled Part 5 24 5 Service and Maintenance 5 Pinch the mixing bar by the knurled part and align the hole of the nut to the axis on the bar arm then push the bar upward i
278. rrectly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge B button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A and Purge B buttons to see whether there is enough Calibrator Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly Oo N gt OO N gt Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 15 10070001URS5 10070001URT5 10070001URW5 200700010000 100700020085 1007000200C5 1007000200E5 1007000200A5 100700020045 100700020065 100700020025 6 16 ISE unit result error Urine cycle error Air in sample ISE unit result error Urine cycle error Invalid command ISE unit result error Urine cycle error Dallas write ISE unit warning
279. rs principles basic operating instructions maintenance and troubleshooting guidelines of the system Please operate and troubleshoot the system strictly as instructed by this manual Conventions Used in This Manual Safety Symbols This chart explains the symbols used in this manual When you see Then Read the statement following the symbol The WARNING statement is alerting you to an operating hazard that can cause personal injury Read the statement following the symbol The iG BIOHAZARD statement is alerting you to a_ potentially J biohazardous condition Read the statement following the symbol The A N CAUTION statement is alerting you to a possibility of system damage or unreliable results Foreword 1 When you see A N NOTE Then Read the statement following the symbol The statement is alerting you to information that requires your attention Labels Used On the System The labels attached to the panels of the system use symbols to clarify the meaning of the text If any of the labels becomes vague or peels off contact our customer service department or your local distributor for replacement The chart below explains the symbols on the labels Dx E a E G El 0 Bb PPh Serial Number Date of Manufacture Manufacturer CE marking The device is fully in conformity with the Council Directive Concerning In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices 98 79 EC Authorized Representative in the Europea
280. s 7 2 4 2 Calculating Concentration of Nonlinearly Calibrated Sample control Logistic Log 4P C EXP Where R K a b calibration parameters Logistic Log 5P The positive real root is obtained with the dichotomy method Exponential5P The positive real root is obtained with the dichotomy method Polynomial5P Roy yo RaRoy gt 4 RoR 3 0 100 100 yy R C e b xp a b T Where R a b c d calibration parameters Parabola The positive real root of the following linear quadratic equation is obtained aC bC c R 0 Spline Spline defines several calculation sections based on the responses of calibration concentrations Each section differs in specific parameters Therefore the section to which the current response belongs should be confirmed before Spline calculation The parameters of relevant section shall be used to obtain a positive real root with the dichotomy method 7 12 7 Calculation Methods 7 2 5 QC Rule 7 3 Westgard Multi rule Westgard multi rule is shown below Symbol los 135 4is 10x Explanation One control value exceeds 2 standard deviations One control value exceeds 3 standard deviations Two consecutive control values for one level exceed 2 standard deviations The difference between two consecutive control values exceeds 4 standard deviations Four consecutive control values for one level exceed 1 standard deviation Ten con
281. s been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed If not please install it 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed 2 Check whether the wand is connected to the Reagent Pack firmly 3 Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 6 9 10070001MAF5 10070001MAM5 10070001MAT5 10070001GAA5 10070001GAF5 10070001GAM5 10070001GAN5 10070001GAR5 6 10 ISE unit result error Maintenance cycle error No flow ISE unit result error Maintenance cycle error ISE unit result error Maintenance cycle error Invalid command
282. s total sample volume for all the tests Dead volume of sample varies from tubes and is shown in the following table Tube Type Microtube Blood collecting tube Plastic tube Dead Volume lt 300u lt 500u lt 500u 4 Advanced Operations 4 2 Figure 4 1 Sample Request Screen Sample Request Sample Disk No 1 sample disk 7 Samples Sa Po Tests 1 2 re zemres ona lt lt lt Details Sample Information 2 2 Position 3 7 Patient Type Serum x Bar Code O STAT Tests Ib Replicates 1 O Samp Blank e Profiles Off system Tests Predilution ISE Analytes None 30 10 K Na cl Li Select a sample you want to view Change Pos Print List A N NOTE In the Tests field different background colors of the test refer to different meanings Blue means the test is selected White means the test is selectable Gray means the test is unselectable and if the mouse pointer is stopped on it for a while the system will remind you of the reason why it is unselectable The Profiles field and the Off system Tests field are the same as the Tests field The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Sample Disk Samples Description Select a virtual sample disk on which the sample locates It refers to
283. secutive control values for one level lie on one side of the mean QC Conclusion Warning Out of control random error systematic error Out of control systematic error Out of control random error Out of control systematic error Out of control systematic error Westgard multi rule QC conclusion flow for single control is shown in Figure 7 10 Figure 7 10 Westgard Multi rule QC Conclusion Flow Qc Data No lis No No No No 233 Rt s te 4 sll For several controls the conclusion logic is similar to the above condition except for multiple continuous QC data which should be combined simultaneously 7 Calculation Methods 7 13 7 3 1 1 Cumulative Sum Check Regarding different requirements to the QC result cumulative sum check usually adopts three controlling methods which are mainly used to monitor the systematic error of the testing methods Where x average value SD standard deviation Controlling Methods Threshold k Limit h CS 1 0SD 2 7SD x 1 0SD 2 7SD CS 1 0SD 3 0SD x 1 0SD 3 0SD CS 0 5SD 5 1SD x 0 5SD 5 1SD 7 3 1 2 Twin plot In the system Twin plot which has no detailed rules is present only as a whole chart to help you make a QC conclusion Figure 7 11 Twin plot 3 SD 2 SD X 2SD 3SD 3SD 2SD Y 2SD 3SD The chart can sensitively indicate the systematic errors and random errors 7 4 Calculation Method of IS
284. setup e ex e E component a res File name Files of type Excel database files XLS 7 Cancel Select the file to be imported and click Open to import the selected file Note 1 The imported file should be a specified excel file 2 If test with the same No or name already exists in the software there might be two consequences m If the test already in the software is imported through test update it will be overwriten by imported test m If the test already in the software is input manually the importing will fail After selecting options click this button to import them from the selected SHD file After selecting options click this button to export them to the selected SHD file Click this button to select all options on the screen and the button will change into None click None to deselect the selected options 4 Advanced Operations 4 127 4 17 5 Alignment The Alignment screen is where you can maintain and align the analyzer A N CAUTION Do not perform any maintenance actions unless the analyzer is not testing When aligning you can send a new instruction only after the current one has been completed Otherwise warning messages will be given probably If you mis send a new instruction you can send it again after the current one has been completed and at least 30 seconds have been passed after the last sending A N NOTE You are recommended to click the Startup Check button
285. sition Bottle Type Estimated Exp Date Lot No Bottle No Bar Code Description Select a test to edit the reagent information Position of the reagent bottle on the reagent disk The first drop down list box is the No of virtual reagent disk and the second is the position on the reagent disk Types of reagent bottle include Large bottle and Small bottle Estimated volume of the reagent to consume The unit is ul The volume cannot be edited Expiration date of the reagent Lot No of the reagent Bottle No of the reagent Bar code of the reagent The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button OK Cancel 4 11 Calibration Function Click this button to save the reagent information set for the selected test Click this button to cancel the reagent information set for the selected test Click Calibration to enter the screen where you can request calibration view calibration results and set calibrator information The following sections introduce the Calibration screen by tab 4 11 1 Calibration Request The Calibration Request screen as shown in Figure 4 32 is where you can request calibration 4 Advanced Operations 4 39 4 40 Figure 4 32 Calibration Request Screen Calibration Request Results Calibrator ISE r Tests r Request Type Calibration Rgt Blk C Calib Rgt Bik ALT CREA TBIL GLU GGT UREA TP AST TC P p Calibrators a hee h
286. st 2 If you don t need to modify the user group name proceed to the next step Otherwise modify the user group name in the Group edit box 3 If you don t need to modify the authorities of a user group proceed to the next step Otherwise select an authority in the authority list You can select one or more pieces at one time 4 If you want to save the settings click OK To Set User Information 1 Click Add User to add a new user or select a user from the user list 2 Set the parameters like User Password Doctor and Group as you need 3 If you want to save the settings click OK 4 16 4 Print The Print screen is where you can set the parameters regarding printing reports At the Print screen there are two tabs m General Template 4 Advanced Operations 4 115 4 16 4 1 General Figure 4 77 General Screen System Hospital User Print General Template r Print Mode N G i Print by Template i AT Routine C Print by 2 CREA Routine Single 3 TBIL Routine F 4 GLU Routine E Muntik 5 GGT Routine C Split 6 UREA Routine 7 TP Routine rarer Setup 8 AST Routine Type Custom M 3 TC Routine 10 P Routine Width 100 1 ALB Routine Height 100 12 IGA Routine 13 ALP Routine Printer Setup 14 CAI Routine 15 DBIL Routine End Auto Microsoft Office Document Imag 16 CK Routine 17 AMY Routine 18 LDHL Routine Set as Default Printer 19 TG Routine 20 UA Rou
287. st Screen Worklist Results Workload Charges By Test C By Sample r Statistics Test Requested Finished Inventory Estimated 4 test ar 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 CREA 4 4 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 Rl TBIL 1 1 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 GLU 1 1 40000 0 0 0 Position 1 j GGT 1 1 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 N UREA 2 2 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 aaa PETRI TP 1 1 40000 0 0 0 Inventory 40000 07 195 AST 1 1 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 O TC 1 1 40000 0 0 0 Estimated 0 P 1 1 40000 0 0 0 ALB 0 0 40000 0 0 0 R2 IGA 4 4 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 N m ALP 1 1 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 Position 1 io CA II 0 0 40000 0 0 0 ay DBIL 0 0 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 Name ALT_R2 CK 8 8 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 see AMY 1 1 40000 0 0 0 Inventory 40000 0 727 LDHL 8 8 40000 0 4 0 0 0 0 TG 1 1 40000 0 0 0 Estimated 0 UA 0 0 40000 0 0 0 z Refresh Select By Test to display statistical information by test and select By Sample to display by sample 4 Advanced Operations 4 73 ON NOTE When By Test is selected the calculation tests and the off system tests are not included in the statistical information When By Sample is selected they are included in the statistical information Requested and Finished in the Statistics list refer to No of runs The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Refresh The system will not refresh the statistical results automatica
288. st result currently selected Selected Result Results of Print all searched results of the selected test Selected Test All Results Print all results currently searched Skip Printed Select this checkbox to neglect the results that are already printed The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to print the specified result s Cancel Click this button to cancel printing 4 6 2 9 Result Trend Curve At the History screen after selecting View Results By Test and a test click the Trend Curve button to pop up the Result Trend Curve as shown in Figure 4 24 where you can view the result trend curve of the selected test 4 32 4 Advanced Operations Figure 4 24 Result Trend Curve Screen Result Trend Curve Testing Information Date Time 6 19 2007 4 05 09 AM Sample ID 1 Test P Result 0 00 Reference Range Result Trend Curve Concentration 2 39 SS E E E EO E E E 28 36 43 50 57 64 72 79 86 93 100 108 115 122 129 136 144 Time The following table explains the parameters of the screen Parameter Date Time Sample ID Test Result Reference Range Description Request time of the run It corresponds to the blue point on the result trend curve Sample ID of the run It corresponds to the blue point on the result trend curve The test that is corresponding to the result trend curve The result of the run that
289. t s only available for quantitative off system test No of the samples The first edit box is starting No and the second is ending No The date when the off system test was run Result of the off system test For a qualitative test it is a drop down list box for a quantitative test it is an edit box A N NOTE If some samples in the range of Sample ID either are inexistent or have results of the selected off system test the analyzer will ignore these samples and only set results for others in the range of Sample ID The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button OK Cancel Close Function After setting the off system test result for the selected sample click this button to save settings After setting the off system test result for the selected sample click this button to cancel settings Click this button to exit the Add Off system Tests dialog box 4 6 2 3 Compensate Results At the History screen after selecting View Results By Test and a test click Compen to pop up the Compensate Results dialog box as shown in Figure 4 18 where you can edit including Linear Transform and Calibration Transform the searched sample results of the selected test A N NOTE Compensation is not available for calculation tests and off system tests If the compensated test is also a part of a calculation test the analyzer will automatically recalculate the calculation test with the latest tes
290. t result 4 Advanced Operations 4 23 4 24 Figure 4 18 Compensate Results Dialog Box Compensate Results Test Me Linear Transform w x fP _ Note Y aX b mC Calibration Transform Fwo point Linear Rule Formula Rgt Bik ALT lt Original concentration Y New concentration R aCt h TEN al el a Note Parameters to be used are shown above Parameter Test Linear Transform Calibration Transform Rule Formula Rgt Blk K RO The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Description Name of the test which means to transform the searched results of this test Select to transform all searched results of the selected test in linear way with the formula Y aX b Where X The result before being transformed Y The result after being transformed a b Coefficients of the linear transform which can be entered in the edit box Select to transform all searched results of the selected test through calibration which means to recalculate the results with the default calibration parameters The calibration rule used to obtain the default calibration parameters The calibration formula used to obtain the default calibration parameters Reagent blank Parameter K Parameter RO 4 Advanced Operations Parameter Description Parameter A B Parameter B C Parameter C D Parameter D The following table
291. t the beginning and there are miscellaneous reactions due to the complex serum compositions For any first order reaction the substrate concentration S at a given time after the start of the reaction is given by the following Where So initial substrate concentration e base of the natural log k rate constant The change in substrate concentration A S over a fixed time interval f to f is related to So by the following equation gga e e That is within a fixed time interval the change in substrate concentration is directly proportional to its initial concentration This is the general property of first order reactions Within this interval absorbance change is directly proportional to the analytes concentration 7 Calculation Methods Figure 7 3 Single reagent Fixed time Reaction Curve A tlt2 3 t4 t As shown in Figure 7 3 is the time when the reagent is added and is the time when the sample is added The reaction starts when they are mixed From t the reaction becomes steady and f is the time to stop monitoring the reaction t to t is the lag period and the absorbance readings are respectively taken at t and f Figure 7 4 Double reagent Fixed time Reaction Curve A tl t2 3 t4 t5 t As shown in Figure 7 4 t is the time when the first reagent is added and tf is the time when the sample is added and then the mixture absorbance reading is taken after they are mixed t is t
292. t on the sample disk Position Position on the selected virtual sample disk Void means that the selected control is not on the sample disk The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Probe Stop If the system is in testing status and the control position to be changed or the target position is on the sample disk currently running you should first stop the probe the mixing bar and sample reagent disk Click this button to stop the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk and the button will change into Resume After exchanging the positions click Resume to continue OK After setting a new sample position click this button to save the setting Cancel After setting a new sample position click this button to cancel the setting CAUTION Do not put the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk on hold for a long time Otherwise certain analyses may be affected 4 Advanced Operations 4 3 Start After requesting click Start to pop up the Start Testing dialog box as shown in Figure 4 8 where you can select the virtual sample disk virtual reagent disk and samples to be tested A Caution After Start is clicked the system will pop up a dialog box to remind you if the reaction temperature is in normal range You can proceed to the tests ignoring the prompt but the test results may not be reliable You are recommended to start the tests again only after the reactio
293. tched machine type Mixing unit response error No response or timeout Sample unit response error No timeout response or Sample unit response error Parity error Sample unit response error Instruction too long Sample unit response error Instruction too short Sample unit response error Incomplete instruction Sample unit response error Check sum error Sample unit response error A value within 00 0x7F is larger than Ox7F Sample unit response error Unmatched machine type Sample unit response error No timeout response or Reagent unit response error No response or timeout Reagent unit response error Parity error Reagent unit response error Instruction too long Reagent unit response error Incomplete instruction Reagent unit response error Check sum error Reagent unit response error A value within 00 0x7F is larger than Ox7F Reagent unit response error Unmatched machine type Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributo
294. te tank ensure the top of the tank is lower than the bearing platform on which the system is placed Ensure the waste tube is over the tank and not blocked bent or twisted A blocked bent or twisted waste tube may lead to wastewater overflow that may damage the analyzer Place the Power to OFF oO BIOHAZARD After removing the cap of the waste tank together with the tube and sensor place it on an appropriate place to avoid infection Unscrew counter clockwise the tank cap and remove it together with the waste tube and the sensor from the tank Empty the waste tank Wash the tank interior with clean water Soak the tank with disinfector if necessary Wash the waste tube and the sensor with clean water Wipe water off the tank exterior waste tube and sensor cable with clean gauze Screw clockwise the cap together with the waste tube and the sensor back onto the tank until secure 5 3 5 Cleaning Sample Reagent Compartment T WARNING 5 14 The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe A gt BIOHAZARD N f Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles Dispose of the used gauze in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal Place the Power to OFF Remove the cover from the sample reagent disk Take out all calibrators controls samples reagents distilled water and wash solution
295. the electrode s out from the housing by pressing down the compression plate s in the opposite sequence of installing 2 Installation 3 Basic Operations This chapter provides step by step procedures to operate the system for basic tasks 3 Basic Operations 3 1 3 1 General Operating Procedure Checking before power on Starting operating software Set parameters Yes Set parameters Prepare for analysis Reagent blank Yes Reagent blank Calibrate No Edit sample results Yes Edit sample results 3 2 3 Basic Operations 3 2 Preparing for Analysis 3 2 1 Checking before Powering On You should perform the following operations before powering on the analyzer A BIOHAZARD C2 Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles when performing the following operations 1 Check the power supply and make sure it can supply proper voltage for the analyzer 2 Check the connections among the analyzing unit operation unit and printer Make sure the connections are right and secure Check the power cords of the analyzing unit operation unit and printer and make sure they are well connected to the power sockets 3 Check and make sure sufficient printing paper is prepared for the printer If not feed more printing paper 4 Ensure wash solution has been placed in position 35 and sufficient distilled water in position 36 of the reagent disk If an ISE module is configured please check if clean
296. the requested samples or the ones being requested on the selected sample disk The Tests column shows multiplication of No of tests for the sample and No of replicates lt lt to the first sample in the list lt to the previous sample in the list gt to the next sample in the list gt gt to the last sample in the list 4 Advanced Operations Parameter No Position Replicates Type Bar Code STAT Samp Blank Predilution Mode drop down list box Sample Volume Edit box in middle Dilution Ratio Edit box on right side Description It refers to the sample ID which includes the starting No and ending No The No can be assigned by the system automatically or entered manually You should enter the starting No in the first edit box and the ending No in the second one If the starting No is same as the ending No the system will consider it as one sample by default When the latter is greater than the former it indicates a batch of samples You must use different No for different samples within one day It refers to position of the sample on the selected virtual sample disk The position can be assigned by the system automatically or selected from the drop down list box by the operator manually For single sample it refers to the position of this sample for a batch of samples it refers to the position of the sample with starting No and positions of other samples will be
297. the result Range Reference range of test result 4 92 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons on the Parameters screen Button Function OK After selecting an analyte and setting parameters for it click this button to save the settings Cancel After selecting an analyte and setting parameters for it click this button to cancel the settings 4 15 2 2 Reference Refer to 4 15 1 2 Reference for details 4 15 2 3 QC Refer to 4 15 1 4 QC for details 4 15 3 Profile Tests grouped together for certain clinical purposes for instance liver function constitute a profile The Profile screen as shown in Figure 4 66 is where you can set profiles Figure 4 66 Profile Screen Test ISE Profile Calculation Off system Carryover Daily Precision Profile2 Profile3 Off sy Off sy Off sy Off sy Off sy Profile id CK AMY LDHL TG UA HDL LDL MG APOA1 LP A Idhp H20 AMY S K Na Cl Name Daily Precision No 1 Std No Add Delete The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Name Enter the name of profile No Sequence number of profile 4 Advanced Operations 4 93 Parameter Description Std No Enter the standard No of profile The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Function Add Click this button to add a new profile Delete After selecting a profile click this button to pop up the foll
298. the sample disk Figure 4 33 Change Position Dialog Box Disk Position Old fg js 5 Changeable New b x fsi Changeable Cancel 4 Advanced Operations 4 41 The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Old Current position of the selected calibrator on the sample disk New New position of the selected calibrator on the sample disk Disk No of virtual sample disk Void means that the selected calibrator is not on the sample disk Position Position of the calibrator on the selected virtual sample disk Void means that the selected calibrator is not on the sample disk The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Probe Stop If the system is in testing status and the calibrator position to be changed or the target position is on the sample disk currently running you should first stop the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk Click this button to stop the probe the mixing bar the sample reagent disk and the button will change into Resume After exchanging the positions click Resume to continue OK Click this button to save the new position you have set Cancel Click this button to cancel the new position you have set A N CAUTION Do not put the probe the mixing bar and the sample reagent disk on hold for a long time Otherwise certain analyses may be affected 4 11 2 Results The Results screen as shown in Figure
299. the samples are sent Sample Type The type of the samples Zone No No of patient zone where the patient stays Bar Code The barcode information of the sample SS No Medical insurance No or social insurance No The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Button Function Search After setting the conditions click this button and then the system will search results according to the conditions and display the qualified ones on the History screen Cancel Click this button to exit this dialog box without searching 4 6 2 2 Add Off system Test Results At the History screen click Add to pop up the Add Off system Tests dialog box as shown in Figure 4 17 where you can set off system test results for samples A N NOTE The test that is not run on this analyzer is considered as off system test which can be printed out in the patient report Figure 4 17 Add Off system Tests Dialog Box Add off system Tests Test Z Full Name 4 Result Type Quanttatve SSS Unit o_o Sample ID 3 3 Date 6 19 2007 Result 4 22 4 Advanced Operations The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Test Full Name Result Type Unit Sample ID Date Result Description Name of the off system test Full name of the off system test It cannot be edited Property of the off system test It cannot be edited Unit of the off system test result It cannot be edited I
300. the times the analyzer should wash the probe and the mixing bar during every startup Wash When Shut It refers to the times the analyzer should wash the Down probe and the mixing bar during every shutdown 4 Advanced Operations Parameter Reagent Alarm Limit Dilution Ratio Sample Volume Test Order Auto QC QC Summary Auto Print Print after Sample Run Request Test with Reagent Not Positioned Request Calibration with calibrator Not Positioned Request QC with control Not Positioned Request un calibrated tests Alarm Volume Obtain patient information by Admission No 4 Advanced Operations Description It refers to the number of tests for insufficient reagent When the available reagent is not enough for so many tests the analyzer gives alarm It refers to the dilution ratio to dilute the sample when auto rerunning It ranges from 4 to 150 It refers to the volume of the sample to be aspirated when auto rerunning It ranges from 3yl to 45ul It refers to the order that samples are analyzed There are four options available By Request Order By Optimal Time By Test and By Sample By Request Order The analyzer will run tests in the request order By Optimal Time The analyzer will rearrange the test in order to ensure each period has the maximum time for sampling By Test The analyzer will arrange the test order by reaction time and run tests by assay By Sample The analyzer will sequ
301. therwise clean the probe as instructed by 5 6 1Unclogging Probe 9 If the flow becomes normal after cleaning the checking operation is over Otherwise please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 5 2 7 Checking Mixing Bar 1 Check whether the mixing bar is bent or dirty 2 If not bent go directly to the next step If so replace the mixing bar as instructed by 5 6 3Replacing Mixing Bar 3 If not dirty go directly to the next step If yes clean the mixing bar as instructed by 5 3 2Cleaning Mixing Bar 4 During washing process check whether the mixing bar moves back and forth normally and the flow appears normal 5 Service and Maintenance 5 7 If yes the checking operation is over If not please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 5 2 8 ISE Unit optional 5 2 8 1 Daily Cleaning 5 8 AS BIOHAZARD SK A To prevent infection always wear gloves goggles and protective clothing when doing the below checks The cleaning solution is irritating to eyes and skin Avoid contact with skin and eyes In case of contact with eyes rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice CAUTION Use the consumables recommended by our company Other consumables may degrade system performance Add solution supplied in the cleaning solution kit to top of label on the powder bottle that is also supplied in the same kit and shake well to prepare the
302. tine Rautine The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Print by Template Print the patient report by the template Print by You can select to print one or more reports on one page Single means you can print only one report on each page Multiple means you can continue printing reports on the page if the remaining space is enough for one or more reports Split means you can continue printing other reports on the page no matter whether the remaining space is enough or not Type Type of printing paper you wish to use It is only available when you select Print by Single Multiple Split Width Width of printing paper The unit is mm It is only available when you select Print by Height Height of printing paper The unit is mm It is only available when you select Print by Printer Setup Select a printer 4 116 4 Advanced Operations The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Set Printer as Home Up Down End Restore Default OK Cancel 4 16 4 2 Template Default Function default one After selecting a printer click this button to set it as the After selecting a test click this button to set it as the first one appearing on the patient report After selecting a test click this button to move it to the previous position on the patient report After selecting a test click this button to move it to the n
303. tment or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Reset the mechanical parts as instructed 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 100680050005 100680060005 100680070005 100680080005 100680090005 100680100005 100680110005 100680120005 100680130005 100680140005 100680150005 100680160005 100680170005 100680180005 100680180015 100680180025 100680180035 Sample unit result error Unit busy No response Sample unit result error Undefined speed Sample unit result error Wrong speed parameter Sample unit result error Undefined configuration Sample unit result error parameter Wrong configuration Sample unit result error Undefined search Sample unit result error Wrong searching parameter Sample unit result error Undefined system
304. tment or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Check if the analyzing unit is connected to the operation unit properly otherwise place the MAIN POWER to OFF and shut down the operation unit then reconnect and restart them After restarting the analyzing unit and operation unit if the error remains download parameters again to initialize the serial port as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remains contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 43 400000330008 400000340008 400000350008 400000360008 40000037
305. to the edit boxes to the right of Circles and Target Position click this button to send an instruction to rotate the reaction disk for given circles and stop at the specified position After entering the desired number into the edit box to the right of Positions click this button to send an instruction to rotate the reaction disk for given positions Reagent Disk Rotate Given Circles to Target Position Rotate Given Positions After entering the desired numbers into the edit boxes to the right of Circles and Target Position click this button to send an instruction to rotate the reagent disk for given circles and stop at the specified position After entering the desired number into the edit box to the right of Positions click this button to send an instruction to rotate the reagent disk for given positions Sample Disk Fluidic System Rotate Given Circles to Target Position Rotate Given Positions Clean S Probe Clean R Probe Clean Mixing Bar S Syringe Aspirate S Syringe Dispense S Syringe Reset After entering the desired numbers into the edit boxes to the right of Circles and Target Position click this button to send an instruction to rotate the sample disk for given circles and stop at the specified position After entering the desired number into the edit box to the right of Positions click this button to send an instruction to rotate the sample disk for given positions Se
306. ton to send an instruction to reset the mechanical parts After entering a number in the Position field click this button to send an instruction to check the fluid level of specified position on the specified unit 4 Advanced Operations 4 129 Button Function Photo Data After entering a number in the Position field click this button to send an instruction to check the photoelectrical data of the specified position Normal Data After entering a number in the Position field click this button to send an instruction to check the normal photoelectrical data of the specified position Clear Click this button to remove all instructions displayed in the above window 4 17 5 2 Motion The Motion screen as shown in Figure 4 87 is where you can adjust parts of the analyzing unit Figure 4 87 Motion Screen Daily Maint ISE Log Import Export Alignment System Motion Part Sample Probe hd r Instructions Above Wash Well To Disp Pos on Reaction Disk Above Reaction Disk Above Sample Disk To Asp Pos on Sample Disk Above ISE Sample Entry Port To ISE Sample Entry Port Above Diluted Sample Asp Pos To Diluted Sample Asp Pos The following table explains the parameter on the screen Parameter Description Part Select a part you want to adjust The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Part Sample Probe 4 130 Function Click this button to send an instruction t
307. tor 6 39 300651260065 300651260075 300651261265 300660030000 300660030010 300660030020 300660030030 300660030040 300660030050 300660030060 300660030070 300660031260 300671260005 300671260015 300671260025 300671260035 300671260045 300671260055 6 40 Reaction unit response error A value within 00 0x7F is larger than Ox7F Reaction unit response error Unmatched machine type Reaction unit response error No response or timeout Temperature unit response error No response or timeout Temperature unit response error Parity error Temperature unit response error Instruction too long Temperature unit response error Instruction too short Temperature unit instruction response error Incomplete Temperature unit response error Check sum error Temperature unit response error A value within 00 0x7F is larger than Ox7F Temperature unit machine type response error Unmatched Temperature unit response error No response or timeout Mixing unit response error No response or timeout Mixing unit response error Parity error Mixing unit response error Instruction too long Mixing unit response error Instruction too short Mixing unit response error Incomplete instruction Mixing unit response error Check sum error Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Ser
308. tor 9 Check the marks inside the probe arm cover to see the orientation of the cover Install the cover back to the probe arm A N CAUTION The marks inside the probe arm cover are shown in the figure below 10 Pull the probe arm to its highest point and rotate it to move the probe to a position above the wash well 11 Load the sample reagent disk CAUTION A bent or damaged probe will lead to unreliable test results and should be replaced immediately 5 22 5 Service and Maintenance 5 6 2 Replacing Probe If the probe is bent or damaged it must be replaced immediately Follow the procedure given below to replace the damaged or bent probe A oa A WARNING The probe tip is sharp and can cause puncture wounds To prevent injury exercise caution when working around the probe BIOHAZARD Wear gloves and lab coat and if necessary goggles CAUTION Please use our recommended consumables Other consumables may decrease the system performance 1 Remove the bent or damaged probe as instructed by 5 6 1 1Removing Probe Aa BIOHAZARD ca Dispose of the bent or damaged probe in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal 2 Install a new probe as instructed by 5 6 1 3Installing Probe 5 6 3 Replacing Mixing Bar If the mixing bar is damaged it must be replaced immediately Follow the procedure given below to replace the damaged mixing bar WARNING The bar tip is sha
309. tor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to see whether there is enough Calibration A 6 Troubleshooting 10070001CAB5 10070001CAF5 10070001CAM5 10070001CAN5 10070001CAQ5 10070001CAR5 10070001CATS 10070001CAW5 ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error Air in calibrant B ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error No flow ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error Reagent module is not installed ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error Calibration value saving failed ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error Dallas read ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error Invalid command ISE unit result error Calibration cycle error Dallas write 1 Make sure that the electrodes the pumps and the tubing are assembled correctly 2 Check whether Reagent Pack has been installed and initialized 3 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge B button to see whether there is enough Calibration A
310. ttons of the dialog box Button Function OK Click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to rerun the test All the existing test results will be invalidated Please check the positions and remaining volumes of related reagents samples calibrators and controls Do you want to continue Cancel In this dialog box click OK to rerun the selected test s or click Cancel to abort rerunning Cancel Click this button to cancel rerunning 4 6 2 Historical Results 4 18 Click History to enter the History screen as shown in Figure 4 14 where you can view and edit historical test results Figure 4 14 Results Screen Current History View Results By Sample C By Test Sa Type STAT Name _ Ge Request D 2 2 53 6 1 9 2007 GLU Pen N_N 1 2 82 TS N 6 19 2007 VU Pen N_N 5 2 54 Se N 6 15 2007 4 2 53 Se N 6 15 2007 3 2 52 Se N 6 15 2007 1 2 S1 Se N 6 13 2007 8 4 52 Se N 6 12 2007 7 4S1 Se N 6 12 2007 6 3 S2 Se N 6 12 2007 5 3 51 Se N 6 12 2007 4 2 52 Se N 6 12 2007 3 2 S1 Se N 6 12 2007 2 1 52 Se N 6 12 2007 1 1 81 Se N 6 12 2007 32 6 S2 Se N 6 11 2007 31 6 S1 Se N 6 11 2007 30 6 S7 Se N 6 11 2007 29 6 S6 Se N 6 11 2007 28 6 S5 Se N 6 11 2007 Z Date Time 6 1 2007 6 19 2007 Search Add Details Reac Curve Delete Print At
311. ult error Parameter write protection Temperature unit result error Main unit sending error Temperature unit result error Main unit does not receive the Temperature unit result Mixing unit result error Command error Mixing unit result error Self check error Mixing unit result error Mechanical resetting error Mixing unit result error Status error Self check Mixing unit result error Status error Error Mixing unit result error Status error Waiting for handshake Mixing unit result error Status error Shutdown Mixing unit result error Unit busy No response Mixing unit result error Undefined speed Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Reset the mechanical parts as instructed by 4 17 5 Alignment If the error remai
312. un related tests or re request new tests Do you want to continue Cancel Click OK to release positions of all samples exclusive of calibrators and controls which have been tested click Cancel to abort the releasing Details After selecting a sample click this button to pop up the Sample Information dialog box where you can setup sample information For more information about the Sample information dialog Refer to section 4 1 1 Sample information To Reset Sample Position At the Sample Disk screen after selecting a virtual sample disk from the Disk drop down list box and a sample position on the sample disk graph click Change Pos to pop up the Change Position dialog box as shown in Figure 4 50 Figure 4 50 Change Position Dialog Box Disk Position old U si 5 New ho x 1 Changeable 4 Advanced Operations 4 67 The following table explains the parameters of the dialog box Parameter Description Old Current position of the selected sample calibrator or control on the sample disk New New position of the selected sample calibrator or control on the sample disk Disk No of the virtual sample disk Void means the selected sample calibrator or control is not on the sample disk Position Position on the selected virtual sample disk Void means the selected sample calibrator or control is not on the sample disk The following table introduces the buttons of the dialog box Butt
313. ure 4 42 Real time QC Screen Real time Daily QC Day to Day QC QC Sum Control Test Rule Westgard Multi rule P Controls Name MeanConc sp C isD QC Result 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ml The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Test Select the test you need to view Rule It refers to the Westgard Multi rule and cannot be edited Controls It displays the calibrators concentration levels and SDs of the selected test QC Result It displays the QC result of the selected test The following table introduces the button on the screen Button Function Print Click this button to print the real time QC plot currently displayed 4 12 2 Daily QC The Daily QC screen as shown in Figure 4 43 is used to display the QC results of the selected test within one day 4 Advanced Operations 4 55 4 56 Figure 4 43 Daily QC Screen Real time Daily QC Day to Day QC QC Sum Control Tabular Data Test Rule Westgard Multi rule Date 2007 10 29 Control 1 lt Control 2 o Ci CO O SB C Graphical Data Test Control Mean Conc sD Unit Actual Result RequestDate Refresh The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Tabular Data Select to display QC data on the screen Graphical Select to display QC graph on the screen Data
314. ut Limit 5 ALP CA III Receiving Timeout Limit 5 DBIL CK Response Timeout Limit 5 AMY LDHL x In Case of Existing Samples Neglect X OK Cancel Connect Disconnect The following table explains the parameters on the screen Parameter Description Enable LIS Only when Enable LIS is selected you can proceed to the following settings LIS Host IP IP address of LIS host to which the analyzer will be connected Port Communication port of the LIS host Bidirectional Mode When selected it means the analyzer can send test results to or download sample information from the LIS host Send Results after When selected it means the analyzer will send test Each Sample Run results to LIS when each sample is analyzed Connect to LIS When When selected it means the analyzer will connect to Started Up LIS according to the IP address and communication port you enter Sending Timeout Limit It refers to the time limit for sending each test result to LIS It should be within 10 20s 4 108 4 Advanced Operations Parameter Receiving Timeout Limit Response Timeout Limit In Case of Existing Samples Test Correspondence Description It refers to the time limit for receiving each sample from LIS It should be within 10 20s and is only available when Bidirectional Mode check box is selected It refers to the time limit for LIS host to response It should be within 10 20s When a newly downloaded sample already
315. ve the Unit and Precision are disabled when you select Quantitative the Qual Type is disabled Standard No Standard No of the off system test It can be void Qual Type Qualitative reference for the off system test result Precision Precision of the off system test result Unit Unit of the off system test result 4 Advanced Operations 4 97 The following table introduces the buttons on the screen Button Add Delete OK Cancel 4 15 5 2 Reference Function Click this button to add a new off system test After selecting a test in the test list click this button to pop up the following dialog box You have chosen to delete a off system test s You cannot undo the deletion once itis done Do you want to continue Click OK to delete the selected off system test click Cancel to abort the deletion After selecting an off system test and modifying the information of it click this button to save the setting After selecting an off system test and modifying the information of it click this button to cancel the setting Refer to 4 15 1 2 Reference for details 4 15 6 Carryover Carryover between adjacent reagents though minimized by the washing process is still a factor to be taken into account This carryover may impose serious effect on certain reagents and consequently on the related test results This Carryover screen is designed so that you can minimize this effect by keeping the tests
316. verflow Cal A in calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error K Na electrodes voltage overflow Cal Ain calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Na electrode voltage overflow Cal A in calib mode Cal B in urine mode ISE unit result error Cl electrode voltage noise Cal B Sample ISE unit result error Cl K electrodes voltage noise Cal B Sample ISE unit result error Cl K Na electrodes voltage noise Cal B Sample 6 Troubleshooting 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace the electrode and test 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace reference electrode and recalibrate 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace reference electrode and recalibrate 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace reference electrode and recalibrate 1 Enter the ISE screen of the Maintenance of the system software and select the Daily Maint tab Click the Purge A button to recalibrate the ISE module 2 Replace the electr
317. vice Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor Contact our customer Service Department or your local distributor 6 Troubleshooting 300671260065 300671260075 300671261265 300681260005 300681260015 300681260025 300681260035 300681260045 300681260055 300681260065 300681260075 300681261265 300691260005 300691260015 300691260025 300691260045 300691260055 300691260065 300691260075 Mixing unit response error A value within 00 0x7F is larger than Ox7F Mixing unit response error Unma
318. ween two absorbance readings 18 seconds Water consumption 2 5L h Maximum reaction time 10 minutes Noise lt 75dB Fuse 250VAC T1 6A 250VAC T2A 250VAC T6 3A 250VAC T10A Appendix A System Specifications A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 A 7 A 2 Power Requirements m Power supply 100 130V 200 240V 50 60Hz three wire power cord and properly grounded m Power consumption 350VA EMC The equipment complies with the emission and immunity requirement description in this part of the IEC 61326 1 2005 EN 61326 1 2006 and IEC 61326 2 6 2005 EN 61326 2 6 2006 Environmental Requirements Work Temperature 15 C 30 C Humidity 35 RH 85 RH without condensation Atmospheric pressure 80 0kPa 106 0kPa Above sea level height 1 300feet 6 500 feet 400m 2 000m Storage Temperature 0 C 40 C for main unit 5 C 25 C for ISE unit Humidity 30 RH 85 RH without condensation Atmospheric pressure 50 0kPa 106 0kPa Above sea level height 1 300feet 18 000 feet 400m 5 500m Dimension and Weight E Dimension 690mm x570mm x595mm WxDxH Em Weight lt 75 Kg Input Output Devices PC keyboard Hand held bar code reader optional PC mouse Printer Display Communication Interface E Interface between Analyzing Unit and Operation Unit RS 232 Appendix A System Specifications Appendix B Supplies To ensure personal safety and system performance use supplies manufactured or
319. work after sample is dispensed into the cuvette E For double reagent tests the mixing bar starts to work after the sample or the second reagent R2 is dispensed into the cuvette When stirring is finished the mixing bar rotates automatically to its wash well for cleaning 1 1 1 4 Reaction Disk The reaction disk holds the cuvettes in which the sample reacts with the reagent s and colorimetric measurement is performed 1 System Description 1 5 Figure 1 6 Reaction Disk Muang Position Reaction Disk The reaction disk can hold 8 cuvette segments 40 cuvettes in total During the analyzing process the reaction disk rotates to the dispensing position and mixing position to dispense sample or reagent and to stir reaction liquid When the specified cuvette is carried passing through the optical axis the reaction liquid inside the cuvette is measured and also corresponding colorimetric readings are taken The reaction cuvettes applied have the following specifications Disposable 5mmx6mmx30mm optical path of 5mm 900ul capable of holding 180 500uI reaction mixture The reaction cuvettes should be replaced manually The reaction disk is placed in the temperature controlled chamber which keeps a constant temperature at 37 C MO BIOHAZARD Be sure to dispose of the used cuvettes in compliance with the local regulations A N CAUTION The reaction cuvettes are for single use only If they are reused the system perf
320. y be damaged 6 Place the syringe on the holder Install space bars and fix retaining screws A N NOTE The upper edge of the upper space bar must reach the seventh line of the scale on the syringe When fixing retaining screws be sure to tighten them alternately with equilibrium force 7 Screw clockwise the lower retaining screw until secure 5 6 6 Replacing Lamp Replace the lamp with a new one when the system reminds you to do so or the service time of the lamp has added up to 1 000 hours 5 28 5 Service and Maintenance A N CAUTION Please use our recommended consumables Other consumables may decrease the system performance Do not touch either the light entrance of the lamp or the lens in front of the lamp In case the entrance is dirty clean it with ethanol soaked defatted cotton A N NOTE Avoid screws ingression into the analyzer while disassembling the panels 1 Place the Main Power to OFF Wait at least 15 minutes for the lamp and its housing to cool down A N WARNING After working for a while the lamp and its housing are usually hot enough to burn you Do not proceed with this procedure until they have cooled down 2 Unscrew the retaining screws on the front panel of the analyzing unit and remove the front panel You will see the lamp inside the analyzing unit Light source 5 Service and Maintenance 5 29 3 Unplug the connector of the light source cable Retaining screw Light sou
321. y may be caused by the air leak between the syringe and the Tee Uninstall the syringe and re install it If the bubbles are found again please contact our customer service department or your local distributor 5 6 5 Removing Air Bubbles When you see air bubbles in the syringe follow this procedure to remove them AD BIOHAZARD To prevent infection always wear gloves goggles and protective clothing when doing the maintenance Dispose of the waste in accordance with your local or national guidelines for biohazard waste disposal 5 Service and Maintenance 5 27 1 Place the Power to OFF 2 Unscrew the screws on the syringe cover and remove the cover The structure of the syringe is as shown in the figure below Tee A Syringe Connector Retaining Screw Space Bar 79 o g l 4 ra O Syringe gt Retaining Screw Space Bar Plunger Guid Cap Retainie Screw ey ae ra Holder Pe Plunger Button ma i EH in im Lower Retaining Screw Unscrew counter clockwise the lower retaining screw Unscrew counter clockwise the four retaining screws remove the screws and space bars and remove the syringe from the holder 5 Pull the plunger gently outwards until you can not proceed any more and then push it quickly Repeat this pull push operation until the air bubbles are removed from the syringe it CAUTION Be sure not to push the plunger to the end tip otherwise the syringe ma
322. ystem radiates heat when operating A well ventilated environment helps keep the room temperature stable Use ventilation equipment if necessary Do not expose the system to direct draft that may lead to unreliable results The installation site should be free of dust as much as possible The installation site should not be in direct sun The installation site should not be close to a heat or draft source The installation site should be free of corrosive gas and flammable gas The bearing platform should be free of vibration The installation site should not be disturbed by great noise or power supply The system should not be placed near brush type motors and electrical contacts that are frequently powered on and off Do not use such devices as mobile phones or radio transmitters near the system Electromagnetic waves generated by those devices may interfere with operation of the system E The altitude height of the installation site should be lower than 2000 meters 2 2 2 Power Requirements m Power supply 100 130V 200 240V 50 60Hz three wire power cord and properly grounded m The system should be connected to a properly grounded power socket m The distance between the power socket and the system should be less than 3 meters WARNING Make sure the power socket is grounded correctly Improper grounding may lead to electric shock and or equipment damage Be sure to connect the system to a power socket that meets the

Mindray BS-120 Analyzer

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents